S800 I/O

Modules and Terminal Units

Users Guide

S800 I/O
Modules and Termination Units

Users Guide
3BSE 020 924R201

NOTICE
The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by
ABB Automation Products AB. ABB Automation Products AB assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear
in this document.
In no event shall ABB Automation Products AB be liable for direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages
of any nature or kind arising from the use of this document, nor shall ABB Automation Products AB be liable for
incidental or consequential damages arising from use of any software or hardware described in this document.
This document and parts thereof must not be reproduced or copied without ABB Automation Products ABs written
permission, and the contents thereof must not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any unauthorized purpose.
The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used, copied, or disclosed only in
accordance with the terms of such license.

CE MARKING
This product meets the requirements specified in EMC Directive 89/336/EEC and in Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC.

TRADEMARKS
ABB Master, MasterFieldbus, and MasterBus are registered trademarks of ABB Asea Brown Boveri Ltd., Switzerland
Advant is a registered trademark of ABB Asea Brown Boveri Ltd., Switzerland.
Advant Controller is a trademark of ABB Asea Brown Boveri Ltd., Switzerland
PROFIBUS and PROFIBUS-DP are registered trademarks of Profibus International (P.I.).
HART is a registered trademark of HART Communication Foundation.

Copyright ABB Automation Products AB 2000.

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 1 - Introduction
1.1

About This Book ................................................................................................ 1-2

1.2

Product Overview............................................................................................... 1-3

1.2.1

Product Scope.................................................................................... 1-3

1.2.1.1

Module Termination Units ......................................... 1-4

1.2.1.2

S800M I/O Modules ................................................... 1-8

1.2.1.3

S800L I/O Modules .................................................. 1-14

1.3

Prerequisites and Requirements ....................................................................... 1-15

1.4

Related Documentation .................................................................................... 1-16

1.5

Terminology ..................................................................................................... 1-17

Chapter 2 - Installation
Chapter 3 - Configuration
3.1

Before You Start ............................................................................................... 3-21

3.1.1

Module Termination Units (MTU).................................................. 3-21

3.1.2

I/O Modules .................................................................................... 3-23

Chapter 4 - Operation
Chapter 5 - Maintenance
5.1

Preventive Maintenance ................................................................................... 5-27

5.2

Hardware Indicators ......................................................................................... 5-27

5.2.1

S800M I/O Module LEDs ............................................................... 5-27

5.2.2

S800L I/O Module LED.................................................................. 5-29

5.3

Error Messages................................................................................................. 5-32

5.4

Fault Finding and User Repair ......................................................................... 5-32

3BSE 020 924R201

5.4.1

S800M I/O Module Replacement ................................................... 5-32

5.4.2

S800L I/O Module Replacement .................................................... 5-36

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Table of Contents

CONTENTS (continued)
Appendix A - Specifications
A.1

AI801 Analog Input Module, 0...20 mA..........................................................A-39

A.2

AI810 Analog Input Module, 0...20 mA, 0...10V............................................A-45

A.3

AI820 Differential Analog Input Module,

+/- 20 mA, +/- 10V, +/- 5V ..............................................................................A-57

A.4

AI830 RTD Input Module................................................................................A-65

A.5

AI835 Thermocouple/mV Input Module.........................................................A-74

A.6

AO801 Analog Output Module, 0...20 mA .....................................................A-84

A.7

AO810 Analog Output Module, 0...20 mA .....................................................A-90

A.8

AO820 Bipolar Analog Output Module,

-20 mA...+20 mA, -10V...+10V .......................................................................A-99

A.9

DI801 Digital Input Module, 24V, Current Sink ...........................................A-108

A.10 DI810 Digital Input Module, 24V, Current Sink ...........................................A-113

A.11 DI811 Digital Input Module, 48V, Current Sink ...........................................A-123
A.12 DI814 Digital Input Module, 24V, Current Source........................................A-133
A.13 DI820 Digital Input Module, 120V a.c./d.c...................................................A-143
A.14 DI821 Digital Input Module, 230V a.c./d.c...................................................A-150
A.15 DI830 Digital Input Module, 24V d.c. with SOE, Current Sink ...................A-157
A.16 DI831 Digital Input Module, 48V d.c. with SOE, Current Sink ...................A-168
A.17 DI885 Digital Input Module, 24V/48V d.c. with SOE,
Current Sink ...................................................................................................A-179
A.18 DO801 Digital Output Module 24V, 0.5A Current Sourcing ........................A-188
A.19 DO810 Digital Output Module 24V, 0.5A Current Sourcing ........................A-194
A.20 DO814 Digital Output Module 24V, 0.5A, Current Sinking .........................A-203
A.21 DO815 Digital Output Module 24V, 2A, Current Sourcing ..........................A-212
A.22 DO820 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Open.................................A-221
A.23 DO821 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Closed ..............................A-230
A.24 DP820 Incremental Pulse Counter Module ...................................................A-240
A.25 TU810 Compact MTU...................................................................................A-258
A.26 TU811 Compact MTU ...................................................................................A-263
A.27 TU812 Compact MTU...................................................................................A-267

ii

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Table of Contents

CONTENTS (continued)
A.28 TU814 Compact MTU .................................................................................. A-272
A.29 TU830 Extended MTU ................................................................................. A-277
A.30 TU831 Extended MTU ................................................................................. A-282
A.31 TU835 Extended MTU ................................................................................. A-286
A.32 TU836 Extended MTU ................................................................................. A-291
A.33 TU837 Extended MTU ................................................................................. A-296
A.34 TU838 Extended MTU ................................................................................. A-301

3BSE 020 924R201

iii

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Table of Contents

iv

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section

Chapter 1 Introduction
The S800 I/O is distributed modular I/O which communicates with numerous
controllers over a Advant Fieldbus 100 (AF 100), PROFIBUS-DP or directly.
The S800 I/O provides easy installation of the I/O modules and process cabling.
It is highly modularized and flexible so that I/O modules can be combined to suit
many applications.The S800 I/O can be mounted in many configurations to fit most
requirements.

)LJXUH  6,2)LHOGEXV&RPPXQLFDWLRQ,QWHUIDFHZLWKDQ,20RGXOHRQ

&RPSDFWDQG([WHQGHG078V

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Chapter 1 Introduction

 $ERXW7KLV%RRN
This book provides a description of S800 I/O modules and termination units.
It provides instructions for site planning and installation, start-up and shutdown
procedures, and information regarding capacity and performance. This book is not
intended to be the sole source of instruction for the S800 I/O system.
This chapter provides introductory and background information including
guidelines how to find information in the manual related documentation and a
product and functional overview.
Chapter 2 guides in installation
Chapter 3 will give you the information needed to obtain the desired function.
The main information is structured as follow:

Design considerations and guidelines are given.

Capacity and performance.

Chapter 4 discusses the different start modes and operating modes

Chapter 5 focus is on fault finding supported by built in diagnostics and use of
system status displays in operator station and LEDs on I/O modules.
Those people involved in system engineering should attend the applicable system
engineering or maintenance courses offered by ABB Automation University.

Use of Warning, Caution, Information, and Tip Symbols

This publication includes :DUQLQJ, &DXWLRQ, and ,QIRUPDWLRQ symbols where

appropriate to draw the readers attention to safety-related or other important
information. It also includes a symbol for 7LS to provide useful hints to the reader.
The symbols should be interpreted as follows:
Warning indicates the presence of a hazard which could result in SHUVRQDOLQMXU\.

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section 1.2 Product Overview

Caution indicates the presence of a hazard which could result in HTXLSPHQWRU

SURSHUW\GDPDJH.
Information alerts the reader to pertinent facts and conditions.

Tip indicates advice on, for example, how to design your project or how to use a
certain function.
Although :DUQLQJ hazards are related to personal injury, and &DXWLRQ hazards are
associated with equipment or property damage, it should be understood that
operation of damaged equipment could, under certain operational conditions, result
in degraded process performance leading to personal injury or death. Therefore, it is
important to comply fully with all :DUQLQJ and &DXWLRQ notices.

 3URGXFW2YHUYLHZ
The S800 I/O provides easy installation of the I/O modules and process cabling. It is
highly modularized and flexible so that the I/O modules can be combined to suit
many applications. The S800 I/O modules and a Fieldbus Communication Interface
(FCI) are combined to form an I/O Station.
For more overview information please see the 6,2*HQHUDO,QIRUPDWLRQDQG
,QVWDOODWLRQ8VHUV*XLGH

1.2.1 Product Scope

Module Termination Units (MTU) and two types of I/O modules; S800M I/O and
S800L I/O modules.
S800M I/O modules are designed to be used together with a Module Termination
Unit.
S800L I/O modules are designed to be directly mounted on a standard DIN rail. The
module also contains terminals for connections.

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Chapter 1 Introduction

1.2.1.1 Module Termination Units

The Module Termination Units (MTU) are passive base units used to house the I/O
modules. They contain the process wiring terminals and a section of the
ModuleBus.
The Module Termination Units (MTU) distributes the ModuleBus to the I/O module
and to the next MTU. It also generates the correct address to the I/O module by
shifting the outgoing position signals to the next MTU.
Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different types of I/O
modules. This is only a mechanical configuration and it does not affect the
functionality of the MTU or the I/O module. Each key has six positions, which gives
a total number of 36 different configurations. The configuration can be changed
with a screwdriver.
The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that
locks the MTU to the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its
position. This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that
keeps the module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
The top part of the MTU can be removed to replace the termination board even with
the system running. Such a need can be caused by a damaged terminal screw.
The MTUs are available in two versions (Compact and Extended). The Compact
MTU version typically provides for a compact installation of the I/O modules using
1 wire connections. The Extended MTU version provides for a more complete
installation on the MTU, including 3 wire connection, fuses and field circuit power
distribution. See Figure 1-2 and Figure 1-3 for an illustration of the MTUs together
with the I/O modules.

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section 1.2.1 Product Scope

See Table 3-1 for information about the combination between MTU and I/O
modules and to specifications in Chapter A, Specifications for more information.

122 mm
7 mm
(.27)

(4.8)

67.5 mm
(2.66)

F
R
W

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

10

9
D

11

A
B

13
14

A
B

15

99.5 mm
(3.92)

12

162 mm
(6.37)

16

DI810
24V

7 mm
(.27)

5 mm
(0.2)

31.5 mm (1.24")

58.5 mm
(2.3)
40 mm
(1.57)

)LJXUH  7\SLFDO&RPSDFW078ZLWK,20RGXOH

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Chapter 1 Introduction

122 mm
(4.8)

5 mm
(0.2)

7 mm
(.27)

45 mm
(1.77)

DI810
16

15

14

13

12

11

10

24V

E
R

(2.66)

(1.85)

E
D

109 mm
(4.3)

67.5 mm

46.5 mm

7 mm (.27)

31.5 mm (1.24")

120.5 mm
(4.74)
80 mm
(3.15)

)LJXUH  7\SLFDO([WHQGHG078ZLWK,20RGXOH

TU810 Compact MTU for 50 Volt Applications

The TU810 is a 16 channel compact module termination unit. The TU810 has three
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connections.
TU811 Compact MTU for 250 Volt Applications

The TU811 is an 8 channel compact module termination unit. The TU811 has three
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection.
TU812 Compact MTU for 50 Volt Applications and 25 pin D-sub for Process
Connections

The TU812 is a 16 channel compact module termination unit. The TU812 has a 25
pin D-Sub connector for signals and process power connections.

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section 1.2.1 Product Scope

TU814 Compact MTU for 50 Volt Applications

The TU814 is a 16 channel compact module termination unit. The TU814 has three
rows of crimp snap-in connectors for field signals and process power connections.
TU830 Extended MTU for 50 Volt Applications

The TU830 is a 16 channel extended module termination unit. The TU830 has three
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection.
TU831 Extended MTU for 250 Volt Applications

The TU831 is an 8 channel extended module termination unit. TU831 has two rows
of terminals for field signals and process power connection.
TU835 Extended MTU, Individually Fused per Channel for 50 Volt Applications

The TU835 is an 8 channel extended module termination unit. The TU835 has two
rows of terminals for process power connection and a single row of process signal
connections. Each channel has one fused (3A max.) transmitter power terminal and
one signal connection. Process voltage can be connected to 2 individually isolated
groups.
TU836 Extended MTU, Individually Fused per Channel for 250 Volt
Applications

The TU836 is an 8 channel extended module termination unit. The TU836 has two
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection. Each channel has
one fused (3A max.) power outlet terminal and one signal return connection.
Process voltage can be connected to 2 individually isolated groups.
The standard fuse holder that comes with the TU836 can be changed to an
indicating fuse holder. This indicating fuse holder can be ordered from Phoenix:
15-30 VDC type, order 3118119
110-250 VAC type, order 3118106.

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Chapter 1 Introduction

Standard
fuse holder

Optional fuse holder with

fuse status indication for
15-30 VDC or 110-250 VAC

)LJXUH  ([FKDQJHRI6WDQGDUG)XVH+ROGHUIRU,QGLFDWLRQ7\SH

TU837 Extended MTU, Individually Fused per Channel for 250 Volt
Applications

The TU837 is an 8 channel extended module termination unit. The TU837 has two
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection. Each channel has
one fused (3A max.) power outlet terminal and one process power connection.
Process voltage return can be connected to 2 individually isolated groups.
TU838 Extended MTU, Individually Fused per Channel for 50 Volt Applications

The TU838 is an 16 channel extended module termination unit. The TU838 has two
rows of terminals for process power connection. Each channel has one fused (3A
max.) transmitter power terminal and one signal connection. Process voltage can be
connected to 2 individually isolated groups.

1.2.1.2 S800M I/O Modules

The I/O modules have open ventilated plastic enclosures. On the front of each I/O
module there are three LEDs (FAULT, RUN and WARNING) indicating the module
status and digital I/O modules have one or two status LED for each channel. One
additional LED (OSP) is included on analog output and digital output modules.
Refer to Section 5.2, Hardware Indicators for the status indication of the LEDs.

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section 1.2.1 Product Scope

I/O modules may be replaced in a fully operational I/O station. Mechanical keying
on modules and MTUs protect I/O modules from being inserted in positions where
they could be damaged by excessive voltage or current. An electronic type
designation ID in each module keeps the I/O module from being taken into
operation by the FCI, if a modules ID doesnt match the configured module type
definition.
Please refer to specifications in Chapter A, Specifications for more information.
AI810 Analog Input Module, 0...20 mA, 0...10V

The AI810 Analog Input Module has 8 current and voltage inputs. The inputs are
independent for each channel, in that either voltage or current can be measured.
The current input is able to handle a short circuit to the transmitter supply without
damage. The current input is compatible with HART protocol.
Nominal input ranges are: 0(4)... +20mA, 0(2)... +10 V.
AI820 Differential Analog Input Module, +/- 20 mA, +/- 10V, +/- 5V

The AI820 Differential Analog Input Module has 4 differential, bipolar

current/voltage inputs. This module is suitable for applications requiring high
common mode rejection ratings, and/or bipolar voltage or current inputs. Nominal
input ranges are: -20...+20mA, 0(4)...+20mA, -10...+10V, 0(2)...+10V, -5...+5V and
0(1)...+5V.
The current input is able to handle a short circuit to the transmitter supply without
damage. The current input is also compatible with HART protocol. Nominal input
ranges are: 0(4)... +20 mA, 0(2)... 0 V.
AI830 RTD Input Module

The AI830 Analog Input, RTD Module has 8 RTD (Pt100, Cu10, Ni100 and Ni120
and resistor) inputs. The inputs allow 3-wire connection to RTDs. Inputs are
monitored for open-circuit, short-circuit. Reference channel and internal supply are
also monitored.

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Chapter 1 Introduction

AI835 Thermocouple/mV Input Module

The AI835 Analog Input, Thermocouple/mV Module has 8 differential inputs for
TC/mV measurements. One channel (channel 8) can be configured for Cold
Junction (ambient) temperature measurement, thus serving as the CJ-channel for
the other channels on the module. All 8 channels can be used if no CJ-temperature
measurement is needed. The inputs can be connected to a variety of thermocouples
with the following characteristics: B, C, E, J, K, N, R, S and T.
AO810 Analog Output Module, 0...20 mA

The AO810 Analog Output Module has 8 current outputs. State of outputs can be
set to a predetermined (OSP) value if a communications error is detected. Nominal
output range is: 0(4)... 20 mA.
AO820 Bipolar Analog Output Module, -20 mA...+20 mA, -10V...+10V

The AO820 Bipolar Analog Output Module has 4 bipolar current or voltage outputs.
The choice of either current or voltage output is configurable per channel. Outputs
are individually galvanically isolated. State of outputs can be set to a predetermined
(OSP) value if a communications error is detected. Nominal output range are:
-20... +20 mA, 0(4)... +20 mA, -10... +10 V, 0(2)... +10 V.
DI810 Digital Input Module, 24V, Current Sink

The DI810 Digital Input Module has 16 channels for 24 volt d.c. digital inputs.
The inputs are divided into two isolated groups of eight channels with a voltage
supervision input for each group. Each input channel provides current limiting,
EMC protection, input state LED indicator and optical isolation from the
ModuleBus.
DI811 Digital Input Module, 48V, Current Sink

The DI811 Digital Input Module has 16 channels for 48 volt d.c. digital inputs.
The inputs are divided into two isolated groups of eight channels with a voltage
supervision input for each group. Each input channel provides current limiting,
EMC protection, input state LED indicator and optical isolation from the
ModuleBus.

10

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section 1.2.1 Product Scope

DI814 Digital Input Module, 24V, Current Source

The DI814 Digital Input Module has 16 channels for 24 volt d.c. current source
digital inputs. The inputs are divided into two isolated groups of eight channels with
a voltage supervision input for each group. Each input channel provides current
limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator and optical isolation from the
ModuleBus.
DI820 Digital Input Module, 120V a.c./d.c

The DI820 Digital Input Module has 8 channels for 120 volt a.c./d.c. digital inputs.
The inputs are individually isolated. Channel 1 can be used as voltage supervisor for
channels 2 - 4, and channel 8 can be used for channels 5 - 7. If voltage supervision is
disabled, channels 1 and 8 can be used as normal inputs. Each input channel
provides current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator, noise filter
and optical isolation from the ModuleBus.
DI821 Digital Input Module, 230V a.c./d.c.

The DI821 Digital Input Module has 8 channels for 230 volt a.c./d.c. digital inputs.
The inputs are individually isolated. Channel 1 can be used as voltage supervisor for
channels 2 - 4, and channel 8 can be used for channels 5 - 7. If voltage supervision is
disabled, channels 1 and 8 can
be used as normal inputs. Each input channel provides current limiting, EMC
protection, input state LED indicator, noise filter and optical isolation from the
ModuleBus.
DI830 Digital Input Module, 24V d.c. with SOE, Current Sink

The DI830 Digital Input Module has 16 channels for 24 volt d.c. digital inputs and
sequence of events (SOE) handling capabilities. The sequence of events time stamp
has a resolution of 0.4 ms for each input channel. The inputs are divided into two
isolated groups of eight channels with a voltage supervision input for each group.
Each input channel provides current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED
indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus.

3BSE 020 924R201

11

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Chapter 1 Introduction

DI831 Digital Input Module, 48V d.c. with SOE, Current Sink

The DI831 Digital Input Module has 16 channels for 48 volt d.c. digital inputs and
sequence of events (SOE) handling capabilities. The sequence of events time stamp
has a resolution of 0.4 ms for each input channel. The inputs are divided into two
isolated groups of eight channels with a voltage supervision input for each group.
Each input channel provides current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED
indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus.
DI885 Digital Input Module, 24V/48V d.c. with SOE, Current Sink

The DI855 Digital Input Module has 8 channels for 48 volt d.c. digital inputs with
or without open-circuit monitoring (wire break supervision), or 24 volt d.c.
electronic inputs without open-circuit monitoring; and sequence of events (SOE)
handling capabilities. The sequence of events time stamp has a resolution of 1 ms
for each input channel. The inputs are arranged in one group of 8 channels. Each
input channel provides current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator
and optical isolation from the ModuleBus. The DI885 also has the capability to
monitor an internal or external sensor power supply (60V d.c. max.).
DO810 Digital Output Module 24V, 0.5A Current Sourcing

The DO810 Digital Output Module has 16 channels for 24 volt d.c., 0.5A, digital
outputs. The outputs are divided into two isolated groups of eight channels with a
voltage supervision input for each group. Each output channel provides protection
against short circuits to ground, over-voltage, over-temperature, EMC protection,
output state LED indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus. State of
outputs can be set to a predetermined (OSP) value if a communications lost error is
detected.
DO814 Digital Output Module 24V, 0.5A, Current Sinking

The DO814 Digital Output Module has 16 channels for 24 volt d.c., 0.5A, current
sinking digital outputs. The outputs are divided into two isolated groups of eight
channels with a voltage supervision input for each group. Each output channel
provides protection against short circuits to power supply, over-temperature, EMC
protection, output state LED indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus.
State of outputs can be set to a predetermined (OSP) value if a communications lost
error is detected.

12

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section 1.2.1 Product Scope

DO815 Digital Output Module 24V, 2A, Current Sourcing

The DO815 Digital Output Module has 8 channels, 24 volt d.c., 2A, digital outputs.
The outputs are divided into two isolated groups of four channels with a voltage
supervision input for each group. Each output channel provides protection against
short circuits to ground, over-temperature, EMC protection, output state LED
indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus. State of outputs can be set to a
predetermined (OSP) value if a communications lost error is detected.
DO820 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Open

The DO820 Digital Output Module has 8 channels for 230 volt a.c./d.c. relay
outputs. The outputs are individually isolated. Each output channel provides a relay
contact (NO - Normal Open), EMC protection, output state LED indicator and
optical isolation from the ModuleBus. State of outputs can be set to a predetermined
(OSP) value if a communications lost error is detected. Internal voltage is
supervised.
DO821 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Closed

The DO821 Digital Output Module has 8 channels for 230 volt a.c./d.c. relay
outputs. The outputs are individually isolated. Each output channel provides a relay
contact (NC - Normal Closed), EMC protection, output state LED indicator and
optical isolation from the ModuleBus. State of outputs can be set to a predetermined
(OSP) value if a communications lost error is detected. Internal voltage is
supervised.
DP820 Incremental Pulse Counter Module

DP820 is an two-channel pulse counting module for incremental pulse transmitters

up to 1.5 MHz. Each channel contains counters and registers for position/length and
speed/frequency measurement. Each channel provides three balanced inputs for
connection of a pulse transmitter, one digital input and one digital output.
Pulse transmitters with RS422, +5V, +12V, +24V and 13 mA interfaces can be
connected to DP820.

3BSE 020 924R201

13

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Chapter 1 Introduction

1.2.1.3 S800L I/O Modules

The I/O modules have open ventilated plastic enclosures and a bottom of sheet
metal. On the front of each I/O module there is one LED (STATUS) indicating the
module status and digital I/O modules have one status LED for each channel. Refer
to Section 5.2, Hardware Indicators for the status indication of the LEDs.
An electronic type designation ID in each module keeps the I/O module from being
taken into operation by the FCI, if a modules ID doesnt match the configured
module type definition.
Please refer to specifications in Chapter A, Specifications for more information.
The module can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. The module is locked to the
DIN rail by using the locking screw.
The I/O module distributes the ModuleBus to the next module. It also generate the
correct address to the next module by shifting the outgoing position signals.

58.45 mm (2.3)

67.5 mm
(2.66)

Center of
DIN rail

110 mm (4.3)

86.1 mm (3.4)

136 mm
(5.35)
DO801

46.5 mm
(1.83)

5 mm
(0.2)
57.2 mm
(2.25)

)LJXUH  'LPHQVLRQVIRU6/0RGXOHV

14

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section 1.3 Prerequisites and Requirements

AI801 Analog Input Module, 0...20 mA

The AI801 Analog Input Module has 8 current inputs.

The current input is able to handle a short circuit to the transmitter supply without
damage. The current input is compatible with HART protocol.
Nominal input ranges are: 0(4)... +20mA.
AO801 Analog Output Module, 0...20 mA

The AO801 Analog Output Module has 8 current outputs. State of outputs can be
set to a predetermined (OSP) value if a communications error is detected. Nominal
output range is: 0(4)... 20 mA.
DI801 Digital Input Module, 24V, Current Sink

The DI801 Digital Input Module has 16 channels for 24 volt d.c. digital inputs. One
input channel can be used for sensor voltage supervision. Each input channel
provides current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator and optical
isolation from the ModuleBus.
DO801 digital Output Module, 24V, 0.5V, Current Sinking

The DO801 Digital Output Module has 16 channels for 24 volt d.c., 0.5A, digital
outputs. Each output channel provides protection against short circuits to ground,
over-voltage, over-temperature, EMC protection, output state LED indicator and
optical isolation from the ModuleBus. State of outputs can be set to a predetermined
(OSP) value if a communications lost error is detected.

 3UHUHTXLVLWHVDQG5HTXLUHPHQWV
When the S800 I/O is used with controllers as part of their I/O system, the
controllers need to have an interface to the fieldbus network. The fieldbus network
will connect to a Fieldbus Communications Interface (FCI) with S800 I/O installed.

3BSE 020 924R201

15

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Chapter 1 Introduction

 5HODWHG'RFXPHQWDWLRQ
Table 1-1 lists all documentation related to the S800 I/O system.
7DEOH  5HODWHG'RFXPHQWDWLRQ
Title
S800 I/O General Information and
Installation
Users Guide

Description
Describes the general installation and
configuration information for the S800
I/O system

S800 I/O Modules and Termination Units Describes I/O modules and termination
with Intrinsic Safety Interface
units with I.S. interface in the S800 I/O
Users Guide
system

16

S800 I/O Fieldbus Communication

Interface for AF100
Users Guide

Describes the AF100 FCI in the S800

I/O system

S800 I/O Fieldbus Communication

Interface for PROFIBUS-DP
Users Guide

Describes the PROFIBUS-DP FCI in the

S800 I/O system

S800 I/O PROFIBUS-DP Fieldbus

Communication Interface
Reference Manual

Describes the memory mapping on

PROFIBUS for the S800 I/O system

Interference-free Electronics

Describes the rule for the installation of

equipment to ensure the correct
operation of equipment in environments
where disturbance are present

ABB Master Environmental Immunity

Contains a philosophy, theory, design

and application of EMC on equipment
and systems. This manual is valid of all
ABB control systems and contains a
summary of the ABB Master
environmental factors

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section 1.5 Terminology

 7HUPLQRORJ\
The following is a list of terms associated with S800 that you should be familiar
with.
Term

Description

FCI

The Fieldbus Communication Interface (FCI) device

contains the interface to the fieldbus (e.g. AF 100),
ModuleBus interface and power regulators. The FCI
module can manage 24 I/O devices (up to 12 directly
and to the others in 1 to 7 I/O clusters).

I/O device

A complete I/O device consists of one MTU and one I/O

module.

I/O module

Is an active, electronic and signal conditioning unit. Can

be a part of an I/O device or a S800L I/O module..

I/O station

An I/O station consists of one or two FCI(s), 1-7 I/O

clusters and up to 24 I/O devices.

ModuleBus

Is an incremental, electrical or optical, bus for

interconnection of I/O devices.

MTU

The Module Termination Unit is a passive base unit

containing process terminals and a part of the
ModuleBus.

OSP

Outputs Set as Predetermined. A user configurable

action on an output module when communications is lost
to the FCI or Controller

RTD

Resistance Temperature Detector

SOE

Sequence of events. Time stamping of status changes

for digital inputs.

TC

Thermocouple

3BSE 020 924R201

17

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Chapter 1 Introduction

18

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section

Chapter 2 Installation
Please see the 6,2*HQHUDO,QIRUPDWLRQDQG,QVWDOODWLRQ8VHUV*XLGH

3BSE 020 924R201

19

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Chapter 2 Installation

20

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section 3.1 Before You Start

Chapter 3 Configuration

 %HIRUH<RX6WDUW
3.1.1 Module Termination Units (MTU)
Each MTU is used with certain types of I/O Modules. Refer to Table 3-1 for a crossreference between MTU and I/O Modules. Each MTU has two mechanical keys that
have to be set for the type of I/O module that will be installed on it.
7DEOH  0788VDJHDQG.H\6HWWLQJV

Module
Type

TU810
TU812
TU814

TU811

TU830

TU831

TU835

Compact

Extended

Extended

Extended

Compact

TU836
TU837
Extended

Mech. Key Setting

TU838
Extended

Key 1

Key 2

AI810

AI820

AI830

AI835

AO810

AO820

DI810

DI811

DI814

DI820

DI821

DI830

DI831

3BSE 020 924R201

21

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Chapter 3 Configuration

7DEOH  0788VDJHDQG.H\6HWWLQJV&RQWLQXHG

Module
Type

TU810
TU812
TU814

TU811

TU830

TU831

TU835

Compact

Extended

Extended

Extended

Compact

TU836
TU837
Extended

Mech. Key Setting

TU838
Extended

Key 1

Key 2

DI885

DO810

DO814

(1)

DO820

DO821

DP820

DO815

(1) TU812 not recommended.

Connecting an MTU to the FCI or to another MTU automatically sets-up the

address selection of that MTU. There are no jumpers or switches that need to be set
before installing an I/O module.
MTUs are placed on the DIN rails and then connected to the preceding MTU or
FCI. Once connected, the MTU is locked in place by the bottom latch which also
bonds it to the chassis ground.

22

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section 3.1.2 I/O Modules

3.1.2 I/O Modules

S800M I/O Modules

Each I/O module is installed onto an MTU. See Table 3-1 for which MTU to use
with each I/O module type. I/O modules do not have any jumpers or switches that
need to be set before installing on an MTU. Refer to Chapter A, Specifications for
more information.
I/O modules are installed by aligning the connectors of the MTU and I/O module
and then pushing the units together. After connected to the MTU, the I/O module is
then locked in place by the I/O Module Lock/Switch which also activates a switch
to enable power to the I/O module.
S800L I/O Modules

The I/O modules are installed directly on the DIN rail and locked with the locking
screw. The process signal are connected to a pluggable connector on the module.
There are no jumpers or switches that need to be set.
The I/O module automatically set up the address for the next I/O module.

3BSE 020 924R201

23

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Chapter 3 Configuration

24

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section

Chapter 4 Operation
See the relevant controller manuals for information.

3BSE 020 924R201

25

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Chapter 4 Operation

26

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section 5.1 Preventive Maintenance

Chapter 5 Maintenance

 3UHYHQWLYH0DLQWHQDQFH
Please see the *HQHUDO,QIRUPDWLRQDQG,QVWDOODWLRQmanual.

 +DUGZDUH,QGLFDWRUV
5.2.1 S800M I/O Module LEDs
Figure 5-1 shows examples of front panels for different types of I/O modules.
On the front of each I/O module there are three LEDs (FAULT, RUN and
WARNING) indicating the module status. One additional LED (OSP) is included on
output modules. See Table 5-1 and Table 5-2 for information on the meaning and
indications for these modules. For modules with special LED indications see
respectively module in Appendix A, Specifications.
The FAULT LED shall indicate when the I/O module detect a fatal error or before
first access after power up. The RUN LED shall indicate when the I/O module is
operational. The WARNING LED shall indicate when a non-fatal error is detected
and the module continues to run. The OSP LED shall indicate when the I/O module
is in OSP state, that is, when the module is commanded to OSP or when
automatically set to OSP state due to communication error.

3BSE 020 924R201

27

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Chapter 5 Maintenance

Each digital channel has one LED indicating current state (on/off).
7DEOH  6WDQGDUG/('VRQ,20RGXOHV
Marking

Color

Description

F (Fault)

Red

Fault in the module (1)

R (Run)

Green

Operational state

W (Warning)

Yellow

External fault or minor fault in the module,

that is, low process voltage

O (OSP)

Yellow

OSP state (Outputs Set as Predetermined)

Digital I/O on state

Yellow

Digital I/O signal on-state

(1) Modules without self test function e.g. DI/DO modules: The F-LED will switch on at power up or
restart of the module and switch off after the first successful access to the module.
Modules with self test function for example, AI/AO modules: The F-LED will switch on at power up,
restart of the module or when the module goes to Error state. If the module has not gone to Error
state it will switch off the F-LED after the first successful access to the module.

7DEOH  ,20RGXOH/(',QGLFDWLRQVLQ'LIIHUHQW6WDWHV

Module State

Run

Fault

Warning

OSP

Signal status

Init

off

on

off

off

DI on/off (1), DO off

Not Configured

off

on/off (2)

on/off

off

DI on/off (1), DO off

Ready

off

off

on/off

off

DI on/off, DO off

Operational

on

off

on/off

off

on/off

OSP

on

off

on/off

on

on/off

Error

off

on

off

off

DI on/off, DO off

(1) The DI signal status for module DI830, DI831, DI885, DP820 is only OFF.
(2) Will be switched off after the first successful access to the module.

Normally when an I/O module has been removed from the configuration, the FCI
will do a restart of the module. The module will end up in the NOT CONFIGURED
state.

28

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section 5.2.2 S800L I/O Module LED

F
R
W
O
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

F
R
W

F
R
W
O

F
R
W

F
R
W
O
PX1
UP1
ST1
DI1
SY1
DO1
TP1
UL1
PX2
UP2
ST2
DI2
SY2
DO2
TP2
UL2

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

DO810

DI810

AO810

AI810

DP820

)LJXUH  ([DPSOHVRI60,20RGXOH/('/RFDWLRQV

5.2.2 S800L I/O Module LED

Figure 5-2 shows examples of front panels for different types of I/O modules.
On the front of each I/O module there is one LED indicating the module status. See
Table 5-3 and Table 5-4 for information on the meaning and indications for these
modules. For modules with special LED indications see respectively module in
Appendix A, Specifications.
The LED shall indicate red when the I/O module detect a fatal error or before first
access after power up. The LED shall indicate green when the I/O module is
operational.

3BSE 020 924R201

29

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Chapter 5 Maintenance

Each digital channel has one LED indicating current state (on/off).
7DEOH  6WDQGDUG/('RQ,20RGXOHV
Marking

Color

S (Status)

Description

Red

Fault in the module (1)

Green

Operational state

(1) Modules without self test function, for example, DI/DO modules: The S-LED will switch on to red at
power up or restart of the module and switch off after the first successful access to the module.
Modules with self test function for example, AI/AO modules: The S-LED will switch on to red at
power up, restart of the module or when the module goes to Error state. If the module has not gone
to Error state it will switch off the S-LED after the first successful access to the module.

7DEOH  ,20RGXOH/(',QGLFDWLRQVLQ'LIIHUHQW6WDWHV

Module state

Status

Signal Status

Init

Red

Off

Not Configured

Red/off (1)

Off

Ready

Off

DI on/off, DO off

Operational

Green

On/off

OSP

Green

On/off

Error

Red

DI on/off, DO off

(1) Will be switched off after the first successful access to the
module.

Normally when an I/O module has been removed from the configuration, the FCI
will do a restart of the module. The module will end up in the NOT CONFIGURED
state.

30

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section 5.2.2 S800L I/O Module LED

S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 1314 15 16

STATUS

STATUS

AI801
0(4)...20mA

DO801
24V 0.5A

L+ L- 24V

L+ L- 24V
+

3
+

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

)LJXUH  ([DPSOHVRI6/,20RGXOH/('/RFDWLRQV

3BSE 020 924R201

31

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Chapter 5 Maintenance

 (UURU0HVVDJHV
Please see the relevant controller manuals.

 )DXOW)LQGLQJDQG8VHU5HSDLU
5.4.1 S800M I/O Module Replacement
General

All I/O modules can be exchanged on-line and with the process power supply
connected, except for relay outputs with normally closed contacts. This is possible
because the module deactivates when the I/O module lock switch is turned to
unlock.
It is important to understand the consequences of a module exchange on-line and
how it affects the process. Replacement of an S800M I/O module affects all
channels on the module. It also sometimes indirectly affects the outputs via some
application function, on another module.
The system software in the FCI checks automatically that all I/O modules function
correctly. In the event of module fault, and module exchange, the module and
associated signals are marked as faulty.
The system software checks that the module is inserted and correct. If this is the
case, the Fault-indicator (LED) extinguishes and RUN LED is activated and the
module resumes its normal function.
The following headings include general instructions for replacement of modules and
aspects on the handling of individual modules are presented in Table 5-5.

32

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section 5.4.1 S800M I/O Module Replacement

Practical Execution

Replace faulty or suspect I/O modules in the following way:

1.

Read *HQHUDO,QIRUPDWLRQDQG,QVWDOODWLRQ

2.

Special restrictions apply to each module type. See descriptions in Table 5-5
for useful information on individual module types.

3.

Check that the new module can replace the old.

4.

Provide access to the module by loosening the module locking.

5.

Grip the module firmly and extract the module.

6.

Insert the new module carefully.

7.

Store extracted modules in envelopes.

8.

Ensure that the module contacts mate properly with the contacts in the MTU
and activate the locking mechanism in place.

9.

Modules initialized automatically by the system and the fault indicating LED
extinguishes and RUN LED is activated.

10. Perform a function test on the new module.

Additional Aspects on Individual S800M I/O Modules

Table 5-5 lists S800M I/O modules. Descriptions of these types are referred
individually in the table below.
7DEOH  5HSODFHPHQW$VSHFWVRI60,20RGXOHV
Module Type - Settings
AI810, AI820
Analog Input

No settings

AI830, AI835
Analog Input

No settings

3BSE 020 924R201

Comments
Replacement with power applied is possible.
Turning locking mechanism deactivates the
module.
Replacement with power applied is possible.
Turning locking mechanism deactivates the
module.

33

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Chapter 5 Maintenance

7DEOH  5HSODFHPHQW$VSHFWVRI60,20RGXOHV&RQWLQXHG

Module Type - Settings
AO810,AO820
Analog Output

No settings

Comments
Replacement with power applied is possible.
It may be necessary to set the process device
manually to a safe state before the module is
extracted.
Turning locking mechanism deactivates the
module.

DI810, DI811,
DI814
Digital Input

No settings

DI820, DI821
Digital Input

No settings

DI830, DI831
DI885
Digital Input
with SOE

No settings

DO810, DO814
DO815
Digital Output

No settings

Replacement with power applied is possible.

Turning locking mechanism deactivates the
module.
Replacement with power applied is possible.
Turning locking mechanism deactivates the
module.
Replacement with power applied is possible.
Turning locking mechanism deactivates the
module.
Replacement with power applied is possible.
It may be necessary to set the process device
manually to a safe state before the module is
extracted.
Turning locking mechanism deactivates the
module.

DO820
Digital Output

No settings

Replacement with power applied is possible.

It may be necessary to set the process device
manually to a safe state before the module is
extracted.
Turning locking mechanism deactivates the
module.

34

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section 5.4.1 S800M I/O Module Replacement

7DEOH  5HSODFHPHQW$VSHFWVRI60,20RGXOHV&RQWLQXHG

Module Type - Settings
DO821
Digital Output

No settings

Comments
Replacement with system power applied is
possible.

Caution!
Since the module has normally closed relay
contacts the field power must be removed
before replacement.
It may be necessary to set the process device
manually to a safe state before the module is
extracted.
Turning locking mechanism deactivates the
module, that is, relay contacts will close.
DP820
Pulse Counter

No settings

Replacement with power applied is possible.

It may be necessary to set the process device
manually to a safe state before the module is
extracted.
Turning locking mechanism deactivates the
module.

TU810, TU811,
TU812, TU814,
TU830, TU831,
TU835, TU836,
TU837 and
TU838 MTUs

3BSE 020 924R201

No settings

Cannot be replaced or repaired with power

applied.
Disconnecting an MTU breaks the
ModuleBus communications bus and
removes power to the MTUs that follow.
MTUs mounted in the middle (between the
FCI and the number 12 MTU) need to have
the preceding or following MTUs moved in
order to disconnect the ModuleBus
connector.

35

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Chapter 5 Maintenance

5.4.2 S800L I/O Module Replacement

General

I/O modules can not be exchanged on-line. The power must be switched off to the
I/O station and the module before exchanging the I/O module.
It is important to understand the consequences of a power switch off to an I/O
station and how it affects the process. A power switch off to an I/O station affects all
modules and channels in the station. It also sometimes indirectly affects outputs in
other I/O stations via some application functions.
The system software checks that the module is inserted and correct. If this is the
case, the Fault indication extinguishes and after configuration and enter operation
mode the Run indication is activated and the module resumes its normal function.
The following headings include general instructions for replacement of modules and
aspects on the handling of individual modules are presented in Table 5-6.
Practical Execution

Replace faulty or suspect I/O modules in the following way:

1.

Read *HQHUDO,QIRUPDWLRQDQG,QVWDOODWLRQ8VHUV*XLGH

2.

Special restrictions apply to each module type. See descriptions in Table 5-6
for useful information on individual module types.

3.

Check that the new module can replace the old.

4.

Switch off the power to the I/O station.

5.

Remove the power supply connector from the I/O module.

6.

Remove the process connector from the I/O module.

7.

Provide access to the module by loosening the module locking.

8.

Slide the module to the right and extract the module.

9.

Insert the new module.

10. Store extracted modules in envelopes.

36

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section 5.4.2 S800L I/O Module Replacement

11. Ensure that the module contacts properly mate with the module to the left and
lock the module with the locking screw.
12. Switch on the power to the I/O station.
13. Connect the power supply to the I/O module.
14. Connect the process connector to the I/O module.
15. Modules are automatically initialized by the system and the status indicating
LED extinguishes from red to off and to green when the module is in normal
operation.
16. Perform a function test on the new module.
Additional Aspects on Individual S800L I/O Modules

Table 5-6 lists S800L I/O modules. Descriptions of these types are referred
individually in the table below.

7DEOH  5HSODFHPHQW$VSHFWVRI6/,20RGXOHV

Module Type - Settings

Comments

AI801, DI801

No settings

Switch the power off before replacement.

AO801, ,DO801

No settings

Switch the power off before replacement..

It may be necessary to set the process device
manually to a safe state before the the power
switch off.

3BSE 020 924R201

37

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Chapter 5 Maintenance

38

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.1 AI801 Analog Input Module, 0...20 mA

Appendix A Specifications

A.1 AI801 Analog Input Module, 0...20 mA

Features

8 channels for 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA d.c., single

ended unipolar inputs
1 group of 8 channels isolated from ground

STATUS

12 Bit resolution
Input shunt resistors protected to 30V by PTC
resistor
Analog inputs are short circuit secured to ZP or
+24V
EMC protection

AI801
0(4)...20mA

DIN rail mounting

The input is HART compatible.
Description

The AI801 Analog Input Module has 8 channels

for current input.

L+ L- 24V
+

3
+

4
I

The current input is able to handle a short circuit to

the transmitter supply at least 30V d.c without
damage. Current limiting is performed with a PTC
resistor. The input resistance of the current input is
250 ohm, PTC included.
The EMC protection is placed on the module.

3BSE 020 924R201

39

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

The module distributes the external transmitter supply to each channel. This adds a simple
connection to distribute the supply to 2-wire transmitters. There are no current limiting on the
transmitter power terminals. All eight channels are isolated from the ModuleBus in one group.
Power to the input stages is converted from the external 24V .
One STATUS LED indicate module status. The STATUS LED can be Green, off or Red. The
STATUS LED Green indicates normal operation. The STATUS LED Red indicates that the module
is in Init state or Not configured state. In Not configured state the STATUS LED is turned off after
the first valid access to the module.
The reset circuitry gives a reset signal when the POWOK signal is active. The POWOK comes from
the FCI after power is applied.
Technical Data

7DEOH $ $,$QDORJ,QSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQVDW&

AI801
Analog Input Module

Feature

40

Number of channels

Type of input

Unipolar single ended

Measurement range

0...20 mA, 4... 20 mA

Under/over range

-0% / +15%

Input impedance (at current input)

(including PTC)

230 , 270

Maximum field cable length

600 meters, (656 yd.)

Voltage input, maximum non-destructive

30V d.c.

NMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz

>40 dB

Intrinsic error (IEC51-1)

Max. 0.1%

Resolution

12 bit

Temperature drift

Typ. 50 ppm/C
Max. 80 ppm/C

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.1 AI801 Analog Input Module, 0...20 mA

7DEOH $ $,$QDORJ,QSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQVDW&&RQWLQXHG

Feature

3BSE 020 924R201

AI801
Analog Input Module

Update cycle time

1 ms

Current consumption 24V external

30 mA

Current consumption 5V

70 mA

Power dissipation

1.1 W

Input filter cut off frequency

Second order filter

3.5Hz

Isolation

Groupwise isolated from

ground (RIV=50V)

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC

536; (earth protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529,

(IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

50V

Dielectric test voltage

500V a.c.

Width

86.1 mm (3.4)

Depth

58.5 mm (2.3)

Height

110 mm (4.33)

Weight

0.24 kg (0.53 lbs.)

41

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Block Diagram AI801

STATUS
Pos
1+
1I

LP
Block

2+
2I

LP

Mux

MBI

#
5VS
5V
0V
7I

LP

Power_ok

8+
8I

LP

L+
L-

EM

42

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.1 AI801 Analog Input Module, 0...20 mA

Process Connections

7DEOH $ $,3URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV

Process
Terminal

Process Connection

3BSE 020 924R201

Ch1, L1+

1+

Ch1, Current Input

1I

Ch 2, L1+

2+

Ch 2, Current Input

2I

Ch 3, L1+

3+

Ch 3, Current Input

3I

Ch 4, L1+

4+

Ch 4, Current Input

4I

Ch 5, L2+

5+

Ch 5, Current Input

5I

Ch 6, L2+

6+

Ch 6, Current Input

6I

Ch 7, L2+

7+

Ch 7, Current Input

7I

Ch 8, L2+

8+

Ch 8, Current Input

8I

43

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-4 shows the process connections for the AI801.

AI801

Process
L1+

1+

Ch1

1I

L1+

2+

Ch2

2I

L1+

3+

0 - 20mA

Ch3

3I

L1+

4+

0 - 20mA

Ch4

4I

L2+

5+

Ch5

5I

L2+

6+

Ch6

6I

L2+

7+

Ch7

7I

0 - 20mA

0 - 20mA

0 - 20mA

0 - 20mA

0 - 20mA

Mux.

8+
0 - 20mA

Chx I = Current Input

Ch8

8I

+24v

L+

0v

L-

EM

)LJXUH $ AI801 Process Connections

44

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.2 AI810 Analog Input Module, 0...20 mA, 0...10V

A.2 AI810 Analog Input Module, 0...20 mA, 0...10V

Features

8 channels for 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA, 0...10V

or 2...10V d.c., single ended unipolar inputs
1 group of 8 channels isolated from ground

F
R
W

12 Bit resolution
1

Input shunt resistors protected to 30V by PTC resistor

Analog inputs are short circuit secured to ZP or +24V

EMC protection

DIN rail mounting

The input is HART compatible.

Description

The AI810 Analog Input Module has 8 channels. Each channel can be
either a voltage or current input.

7
8

The current input is able to handle a short circuit to the transmitter

supply at least 30V d.c without damage. Current limiting is performed
with a PTC resistor. The input resistance of the current input is
250 ohm, PTC included.

AI810
0..20 mA, 0..10V

The voltage input is able to withstand an over or undervoltage of at

least 30V d.c. Input resistance is 290k ohm. The EMC protection is
placed on the module.
Transmitter supply can be connected to L1+, L1- and/or L2+, L2-.
The module distributes the external transmitter supply to each channel. This adds a simple
connection to distribute the supply to 2- or 3-wire transmitters. There are no current limiting on the
transmitter power terminals. Fused MTUs TU830, TU835 and TU838 provides groupwise and
channelwise fusing.
All eight channels are isolated from the ModuleBus in one group. Power to the input stages is
converted from the 24V on the ModuleBus.

3BSE 020 924R201

45

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Three LEDs indicate module status Fault (Red), Run (Green) and Warning (Yellow). The RUN LED
indicates normal operation and the WARNING LED indicates if any error input is active.
The FAULT LED indicates that the module is in Init state or Not configured state. In Not configured
state the FAULT LED is turned off after the first valid access to the module.
The reset circuitry gives a reset signal when the module is inserted until the BLOCK signal is
inactive and the POWOK signal is active. The BLOCK signal is deactivated when the module lock
mechanism is in the locked position. The POWOK comes from the FCI after power is applied.
Five different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 Extended MTU enables three wire
connection to the devices without additional terminals. The TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU has
terminals for 24V process voltage inputs, but requires external terminals for distribution of 24V
power supply to the field devices. The extended MTU, TU835, and TU838 provides a fuse
(3A max.) per channel for process power out. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male)
connector for connection to the process.
Technical Data

7DEOH $ $,$QDORJ,QSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQVDW&

AI810
Analog Input Module

Feature

46

Number of channels

Type of input

Unipolar single ended

Measurement range

0...20 mA, 0...10V,

4... 20 mA(1), 2... 10V(1)

Under/over range

-5% / +15%

Input impedance (at voltage input)

290K

Input impedance (at current input)

(including PTC)

230 , 275

Maximum field cable length

600 meters, (656 yd.)

Voltage input, maximum non-destructive

30V d.c.

NMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz

>40 dB

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.2 AI810 Analog Input Module, 0...20 mA, 0...10V

7DEOH $ $,$QDORJ,QSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQVDW&&RQWLQXHG

Feature

3BSE 020 924R201

AI810
Analog Input Module

Intrinsic error (IEC51-1)

Max. 0.1%

Resolution

12 bit

Temperature drift Current

Typ. 50 ppm/C
Max. 80 ppm/C

Temperature drift Voltage

Typ. 70 ppm/C
Max. 100 ppm/C

Update cycle time

5 ms

Current consumption 24V

40 mA

Current consumption 5V

70 mA

Power dissipation

1.5 W

Voltage supervision

Internal power supply

Fusing of transmitter supply

on MTU

Input filter (rise time)

75 ms

Isolation

Groupwise isolated from

ground (RIV=50V)

Module termination units

TU810, TU812, TU814,

TU830, TU835 or TU838

MTU keying code

AE

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC

536; (earth protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529,

(IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

50V

Dielectric test voltage

500V a.c.

47

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

7DEOH $ $,$QDORJ,QSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQVDW&&RQWLQXHG

Feature

AI810
Analog Input Module

Width

45 mm (1.77)

Depth

97 mm (3.8), 106 mm
(4.2) including connector

Height

119 mm (4.7)

Weight

0.2 kg (0.44 lbs.)

(1) Handled by the FCI or controller.

48

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.2 AI810 Analog Input Module, 0...20 mA, 0...10V

Block Diagram AI810

FAULT
RUN
WARNING
L1+
ZP
L1+
I1U
I1I
ZP
L1+
I4U
I4I
ZP

Pos

LP
Block
Mux

FCI

LP

#
5VS
5V
0V

L2+
I5U
I5I
ZP
L2+
I8U
I8I
ZP

Power_ok

LP
+UPInt
ZP
-UPInt

+24V
0V24V

LP

L2+
ZP

EM

3BSE 020 924R201

49

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Process Connections

7DEOH $ $,3URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

Process Connection

TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector (1)

TU830
Terminal

TU835
Terminal

TU838
Terminal

+24V d.c.

L1+ (2)

1, 14

L1+ (2)

L1+ (2)

L1+ (2)

0V d.c. (ZP)

L1-

2, 15

L1- (2)

L1- (2)

L1- (2)

Ch1, L1+

B1, B2

11 (F1)

A1 (F1)

Ch1, Voltage Input

C1

C1

B1

Ch1, Current Input

B1

16

C2

12

B2

Ch1, Return (ZP)

A1

A1, A2

A2

Ch 2, L1+

B3, B4

21 (F2)

A3 (F2)

Ch 2, Voltage Input

C2

C3

B3

Ch 2, Current Input

B2

17

C4

22

B4

Ch 2, Return (ZP)

A2

A3, A4

A4

Ch 3, L1+

B5, B6

31 (F3)

A5 (F3)

Ch 3, Voltage Input

C3

C5

B5

Ch 3, Current Input

B3

18

C6

32

B6

Ch 3, Return (ZP)

A3

A5, A6

A6

Ch 4, L1+

B7, B8

41 (F4)

A7 (F4)

Ch 4, Voltage Input

C4

C7

B7

Ch 4, Current Input

B4

19

C8

42

B8

Ch 4, Return (ZP)

A4

A7, A8

A8

Ch 5, L2+

B9, B10

51 (F5)

A9 (F5)

Ch 5, Voltage Input

C5

C9

B9

50

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.2 AI810 Analog Input Module, 0...20 mA, 0...10V

7DEOH $ $,3URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

Process Connection

TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector (1)

TU830
Terminal

TU835
Terminal

TU838
Terminal

Ch 5, Current Input

B5

20

C10

52

B10

Ch 5, Return (ZP)

A5

A9, A10

A10

Ch 6, L2+

B11, B12

61 (F6)

A11 (F6)

Ch 6, Voltage Input

C6

C11

B11

Ch 6, Current Input

B6

21

C12

62

B12

Ch 6, Return (ZP)

A6

A11, A12

A12

Ch 7, L2+

B13, B14

71 (F7)

A13 (F7)

Ch 7, Voltage Input

C7

C13

B13

Ch 7, Current Input

B7

22

C14

72

B14

Ch 7, Return (ZP)

A7

A13, A14

A14

Ch 8, L2+

B15, B16

81 (F8)

A15 (F8)

Ch 8, Voltage Input

C8

10

C15

B15

Ch 8, Current Input

B8

23

C16

82

B16

Ch 8, Return (ZP)

A8

A15, A16

A16

+24V d.c.

L2+ (2)

11, 24

L2+ (2)

L2+ (2)

L2+ (2)

0V d.c. (ZP)

L2-

12, 25

L2- (2)

L2- (2)

L2- (2)

(1) Pin 13 connected to connector body for EM.

3BSE 020 924R201

51

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-2 shows the process connections for the Analog Input Module AI810 when installed on a
TU830 Extended MTU.

Process

TU830

+24v
Pwr.
Source

0v
L1+
0 - 20mA

2 - Wire
XMTRs

Ch1 I
L1+

L1+

Fuse

LL1+
I1U
I1I
ZP
L1+
I2U
I2I
ZP

B5,B6

L1+
I3U
I3I
ZP

Ch2 I

0 - 10V

Ch3 V C5

C6
A5,A6

C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10

L1+
I4U
I4I
ZP
L2+
I5U
I5I
ZP

B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12

L2+
I6U
I6I
ZP

0 - 10V

B13,B14
L2+
Ch7 V C13

0 - 10V

ZP
L2+
Ch8 V

L2+
I7U
I7I
ZP
L2+
I8U
I8I
ZP

0 - 10V

B7,B8

Ch4 V C7
ZP
L2+

0 - 20mA

Ch5 I
ZP

0 - 20mA

Ch6 I
ZP

L2+
3 - Wire
XMTRs

ZP
+24v
Chx V = Voltage Input
Chx I = Current Input

6.3A

B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4

0 - 20mA

ZP
4 - Wire
XMTRs

L1+
L1+
L1L1B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2

AI810

0v

C14
A13,A14
B15,B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-

6.3A
Fuse

Mux.

L2+
L-

EM

)LJXUH $ AI810 with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections

52

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.2 AI810 Analog Input Module, 0...20 mA, 0...10V

Figure A-3 shows the process connections for the AI810 when installed on a TU810 or TU814
Compact MTU.

Process

TU810
(or TU814)
+24V
Pwr.
Sup.

0V

L1+
ZP

Ch1 I

C1
B1
A1

L1+
I1U
I1I
ZP

0 - 20mA

Ch2 I

C2
B2
A2

L1+
I2U
I2I
ZP

0 - 10V

Ch3 V

C3
B3
A3

L1+
I3U
I3I
ZP

0 - 20mA

ZP

ZP

C4
B4
A4

0 - 20mA

Ch5 I
ZP

C5
B5
A5

L1+
I4U
I4I
ZP
L2+
I5U
I5I
ZP

0 - 20mA

Ch6 I
ZP

C6
B6
A6

L2+
I6U
I6I
ZP

0 - 10V

Ch7 V

0 - 10V

Ch4 V

ZP
0 - 10V

Ch8 V
ZP

Chx V = Voltage Input

Chx I = Current Input

L1+
L1+
L1-

AI810

Pwr. 24V
0V
Sup.

C7
B7
A7
C8
B8
A8
L2+
L2+
L2-

Mux.

L2+
I7U
I7I
ZP
L2+
I8U
I8I
ZP
L2+
ZP

EM

)LJXUH $ AI810 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

53

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-4 shows the process connections for the AI810 when installed on a TU835 Extended
MTU.

Process

TU835
X11
+24v
0v

0 - 20mA

L1+
L1+
L1L1-

L1+

X12
11

Ch1 I

12

L1+

21

Ch2 I

22

L1+

31

Ch3 I

32

L1+

41

Ch4 I

42

L2+

51

Ch5 I

52

L2+

61

Ch6 I

62

L2+

71

Ch7 I

72

L2+

81

Ch8 I

82

Fn=100mA

0 - 20mA

0 - 20mA

0 - 20mA

0 - 20mA

0 - 20mA

0 - 20mA

+24v

F1

0v
Chx I = Current Input

F3

F4

X13
L2+
L2+
L2L2-

L1+
L-

F2

0 - 20mA

AI810

F5

F6

F7

F8

L1+
I1U
I1I
ZP
L1+
I2U
I2I
ZP
L1+
I3U
I3I
ZP

Mux.

L1+
I4U
I4I
ZP
L2+
I5U
I5I
ZP
L2+
I6U
I6I
ZP
L2+
I7U
I7I
ZP
L2+
I8U
I8I
ZP
L2+
L-

EM

)LJXUH $ AI810 with TU835 Extended MTU Process Connections

54

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.2 AI810 Analog Input Module, 0...20 mA, 0...10V

Figure A-5 shows the process connections for the AI810 when installed on a TU838 Extended
MTU.

Process

TU838

+24v
Pwr.
Source

ZP
L2+

L1+
L1+
L1L1F1
A1
B1
B2
A2
F2
A3
B3
B4
A4
F3
A5
B5
B6
A6
F4
A7
B7
B8
A8
F5
A9

Ch5 I
ZP

B9
B10
A10

0v
L1+
0 - 20mA

2 - Wire
XMTRs

Ch1 I
L1+

0 - 20mA

Ch2 I

0 - 10V

Ch3 V
ZP

4 - Wire
XMTRs

0 - 10V

0 - 20mA

Ch4 V

L2+
0 - 20mA
3 - Wire
XMTRs

Ch6 I
ZP

0 - 10V

A13
L2+
Ch7 V B13

0 - 10V

ZP
L2+
Ch8 V
ZP
+24v

Chx V = Voltage Input

Chx I = Current Input

A11
B11
B12
A12

0v

B14
A14
A15
B15
B16
A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-

F6

F7

F8

AI810

L1+
LL1+
I1U
I1I
ZP
L1+
I2U
I2I
ZP
L1+
I3U
I3I
ZP

Mux.

L1+
I4U
I4I
ZP
L2+
I5U
I5I
ZP
L2+
I6U
I6I
ZP
L2+
I7U
I7I
ZP
L2+
I8U
I8I
ZP
L2+
L-

EM

)LJXUH $ AI810 with TU838 Extended MTU Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

55

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-6 shows the process connections for the AI810 when installed on a TU812 Compact MTU.

TU812

Process
Connection

1 UP1

14

14 UP1

2 ZP1

15

15 ZP1

3 S1

Ch1 V

16

16 S2

Ch1 I

4 S3

Ch2 V

17

17 S4

Ch2 I

5 S5

Ch3 V

18

18 S6

Ch3 I

6 S7

Ch4 V

19

19 S8

Ch4 I

7 S9

Ch5 V

20

20 S10

Ch5 I

8 S11

Ch6 V

21

21 S12

Ch6 I

+24V

L0V

9 S13

Ch7 V

22

22 S14

Ch7 I

10

10 S15

Ch8 V

23

23 S16

Ch8 I
+24V

11

11 UP2

24

24 UP2

12

12 ZP2

25

25 ZP2

13

13 EM

AI810
L1+

0V

L1+
I1U
I1I
ZP
L1+
I2U
I2I
ZP
L1+
I3U
I3I
ZP
L1+
I4U
I4I
ZP
L2+
I5U
I5I
ZP
L2+
I6U
I6I
ZP
L2+
I7U
I7I
ZP
L2+
I8U
I8I
ZP
L2+
L-

EM

Mux.

EM

Chx V = Voltage Input

Chx I = Current Input

)LJXUH $ AI810 with TU812 Compact MTU Process Connections

56

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.3 AI820 Differential Analog Input Module, +/- 20 mA, +/- 10V, +/- 5V

A.3 AI820 Differential Analog Input Module,

+/- 20 mA, +/- 10V, +/- 5V
Features

4 channels for -20...+20 mA, 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA,

-10...+10V, 0...10V, 2...10V, -5...+5V, 0...5V, 1...5V d.c. bipolar
differential inputs

F
R
W

One group of 4 channels isolated from ground

Configurable on a per channel basis

14 Bit resolution plus sign

Input shunt resistors protected to 30Vd.c.

EMC protection
DIN rail mounting

The input is HART compatible.

Description

The AI820 Analog Input Module has 4 differential, bipolar

current/voltage inputs. Each channel can be either a voltage or current
input.

AI820

20 mA, 10V Diff

The current inputs can withstand an accidental maximum normal mode
30V d.c. connection. To protect the current input circuit against
dangerous input levels, that is, by accidentally connecting a 24V
source, the resistor rating of the 250 current sense resistors is about 5 Watts. This is intended only
to temporarily protect one channel at a time.

The module distributes the external transmitter supply to each channel. This adds a simple
connection (with extended MTUs) to distribute the supply to external 2 wire transmitters. There is
no current limiting on the transmitter power terminals.
All 4 channels are isolated from the ModuleBus in one group. Power to the input stages is converted
from the 24V on the ModuleBus.

3BSE 020 924R201

57

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Three LEDs indicate module status Fault (Red), Run (Green) and Warning (Yellow). The RUN LED
indicates normal operation and the WARNING LED indicates if any diagnostic condition is active.
The FAULT LED indicates that the module is in Init state or Not configured state. In Not Configured
state the FAULT LED is turned off after the first valid access to the module.
The reset circuitry gives a reset signal when the module is inserted until the BLOCK signal is
inactive and the POWOK signal is active. The BLOCK signal is deactivated when the module lock
mechanism is in the locked position. The POWOK comes from the FCI after power is applied.
Four different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 Extended MTU enables three wire
connection to the devices without additional terminals. The TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU has
terminals for 24V process voltage inputs, but requires external terminals for distribution of 24V
power supply to the field devices. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector
for connection to the process.
Technical Data

7DEOH $ $,'LIIHUHQWLDO$QDORJ,QSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQVDW&

AI820
Analog Input Module

Feature

58

Number of channels

Type of input

Bipolar differential

Measurement ranges (nominal)

-20...+20 mA, 0...20 mA,

4...20 mA(1), -10...+10V,
0...10V, 2...10V(1), -5...+5V,
0...5V, 1...5V(1) d.c.

Over/under range

15%

Input impedance (at voltage input)

200k +/ 25% Common

mode
800k +/ 25% Normal mode

Input impedance (at current input)

250

Maximum field cable length

600 meters, (656 yd.)

Max. Differential d.c. input (Fault)

30V

Common mode voltage input

50V d.c.

CMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz

80 dB (>60 dB d.c.)

NMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz

33 dB

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.3 AI820 Differential Analog Input Module, +/- 20 mA, +/- 10V, +/- 5V

7DEOH $ $,'LIIHUHQWLDO$QDORJ,QSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQVDW&&RQWLQXHG

AI820
Analog Input Module

Feature
Intrinsic error (IEC51-1)

Max. 0,1%

Resolution

14 bit plus sign

Temperature drift, Current

Max.50 ppm/C

Temperature drift, Voltage

Max.70 ppm/C

Update cycle time (all four channels)

<26 ms

Current consumption 24V

70 mA

Current consumption 5V

80 mA

Power dissipation

1.7W

Voltage supervision

Internal process supply

Input filter (rise time)

40 ms

Fusing of transmitter supply

on Extended MTU

Isolation

Groupwise isolated from

ground (RIV=50V)

Module termination units

TU810, TU812, TU814 or

TU830

MTU keying code

BB

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC 536;

(earth protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529,

(IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

50V

Dielectric test voltage

500V a.c.

Width

45 mm (1.77)

Depth

97 mm (3.8), 106 mm (4.2)

including connector

Height

119 mm (4.7)

Weight

0.2 kg (0.44 lbs.)

(1) Handled by the FCI or controller.

3BSE 020 924R201

59

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Block Diagram AI820

FAULT
RUN
WARNING

Pos
AMP
+
LPF

Block
Mux

PGA

CLK +/MBI-2

G=1/2

L1+
L1-

Data +/-

ModuleBus

L1+
L1L1+
L1I1U+
I1IB
I1I+
I1-

5VS

I2U+
I2IB
I2I+
I2-

AMP
+
LPF

I3U+
I3IB
I3I+
I3-

AMP
+
LPF

CPU

5V
0V
Power_ok

+UPInt
ZP
-UPInt

+24V
+0V24

L2+
L2I4U+
I4IB
I4I+
I4L2+
L2L2+
L2-

AMP
+
LPF

ZP

EM

60

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.3 AI820 Differential Analog Input Module, +/- 20 mA, +/- 10V, +/- 5V

Process Connections

7DEOH $ $,3URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

Process Connection

3BSE 020 924R201

TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector(1)

TU830
Terminal

+24V d.c.

L1+ (2)

1, 14

L1+ (2)

0V d.c. (ZP)

L1-

2, 15

L1- (2)

Ch1, L1+

B1, B2

Ch1, Voltage Input +

C1

C1

Ch1, Current Bridge

B1

16

C2

Ch1, L1-

A1

A1, A2

Ch 1, L1+

B3, B4

Ch 1, Current Input +

C2

C3

Ch 1, Return -

B2

17

C4

Ch 1, L1-

A2

A3, A4

Ch 2, L1+

B5, B6

Ch 2, Voltage Input +

C3

C5

Ch 2, Current Bridge

B3

18

C6

Ch 2, L1-

A3

A5, A6

Ch 2, L1+

B7, B8

Ch 2, Current Input +

C4

C7

Ch 2, Return -

B4

19

C8

Ch 2, L1-

A4

A7, A8

Ch 3, L2+

B9, B10

Ch 3, Voltage Input +

C5

C9

61

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

7DEOH $ $,3URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

Process Connection

TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector(1)

TU830
Terminal

Ch 3, Current Bridge

B5

20

C10

Ch 3, L2-

A5

A9, A10

Ch 3, L2+

B11, B12

Ch 3, Current Input +

C6

C11

Ch 3, Return -

B6

21

C12

Ch 3, L2-

A6

A11, A12

Ch 4, L2+

B13, B14

Ch 4, Voltage Input +

C7

C13

Ch 4, Current Bridge

B7

22

C14

Ch 4, L2-

A7

A13, A14

Ch 4, L2+

B15, B16

Ch 4, Current Input +

C8

10

C15

Ch 4, Return -

B8

23

C16

Ch 4, L2-

A8

A15, A16

+24V d.c.

L2+ (2)

11, 24

L2+ (2)

0V d.c. (ZP)

L2-

12, 25

L2- (2)

(1) Pin 13 connected to connector body for EM.

62

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.3 AI820 Differential Analog Input Module, +/- 20 mA, +/- 10V, +/- 5V

Figure A-7 shows the process connections for the Differential Analog Input Module AI820 when
installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.

0 - 10V

B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4

L1+
I1I+
I1L1-

B5,B6
C5
C6
A5,A6

L1+
I2U+
I2IB
L1-

B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8

L1+
I2I+
I2L1-

B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10

L2+
I3U+
I3IB
L2-

Ch3 I
Ch3 -

B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12

L2+
I3I+
I3L2-

CH4 V

B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14

L2+
I4U+
I4IB
L2-

B15,B16
C15
C16
A15,A16

L2+
I4I+
I4L2-

Ch1 4 - 20mA
L1+
Bridge
Jumper
Ch2 I
Pwr.
Source
Bridge
Jumper

4 Wire
XTMR
0 - 10V
L2+

3 Wire
XTMR

L2+24v

Chx V = Voltage Input

Chx I = Current Input

L1L1+
I1U+
I1IB
L1-

4 Wire
XTMR

0 - 20mA

L1+

Fuse

B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2

Ch1 V

2 Wire
XTMR

6.3A

0v

L2+
L2+
L2L2-

6.3A
Fuse

250
Compensation

250
Compensation

250
Compensation

250
Compensation

L2+
L2-

250

0v

L1+
L1+
L1L1-

Diff.
Amp
+
LPF

250

+24v

AI820

Diff.
Amp
+
LPF

250

Pwr.
Source

TU830

Diff.
Amp
+
LPF

250

Process

Diff.
Amp
+
LPF

LPF = Low Pass Filter

EM

)LJXUH $ AI820 with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

63

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-8 shows the process connections for the AI820 when installed on a TU810 or TU814
Compact MTU.

0 - 10V

Local
Gnd.

C2
B2
A2

L1+
I1I+
I1L1-

C3
B3
A3

L1+
I2U+
I2IB
L1-

C4
B4
A4

L1+
I2I+
I2L1-

C5
B5
A5

L2+
I3U+
I3IB
L2-

Ch3 I
Ch3 -

C6
B6
A6

L2+
I3I+
I3L2-

CH4 V

C7
B7
A7

Ch1 Bridge
Jumper

Ch2 I
Ch2 L1-

Pwr.
Source

0 - 20mA

Bridge
Jumper

4 Wire
XTMR
0 - 10V
3 Wire
XTMR

Chx V = Voltage Input

Chx I = Current Input

L1L1+
I1U+
I1IB
L1-

4 Wire
XTMR

4 - 20mA

L1+

C1
B1
A1

Ch1 V

2 Wire
XTMR

L1+
L1+
L1-

Ch4 -

+24v
0v

C8
B8
A8
L2+
L2+
L2-

L2+
I4U+
I4IB
L2L2+
I4I+
I4L2-

250
Compensation

250
Compensation

250
Compensation

250
Compensation

L2+
L2-

250

Pwr.
Source

AI820

Diff.
Amp
+
LPF

250

TU810
(or TU814)

Diff.
Amp
+
LPF

250

+24V 0V

250

Process

Diff.
Amp
+
LPF

Diff.
Amp
+
LPF

LPF = Low Pass Filter

EM

)LJXUH $ AI820 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections

64

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.4 AI830 RTD Input Module

A.4 AI830 RTD Input Module

Features

8 channels for RTD (Pt100, Cu10, Ni100 and Ni120 and resistor)
inputs
3-wire connection to RTDs

F
R
W

14 Bit resolution
1

Inputs are monitored for open-circuit, short-circuit and has a input

grounded sensor

EMC protection

DIN rail mounting.

Description

The AI830 RTD Input Module has 8 channels for measurement of

temperature with resistive elements (RTDs). With 3-wire connections.
All the RTDs must be isolated from ground.

The AI830 can be used with Pt100, Cu10, Ni100, Ni120 or resistive
sensors. Linearization and conversion of the temperature to Centigrade
or Fahrenheit is performed on the module. Every channel can be
individually configured.

7
8
AI830
RTD

The diagnostic is updated in a cyclic manner and can be read any time.
Diagnostics include: open circuit, short circuit, error in reference channels, signal over range, signal
under range and power supply low.
The MainsFreq parameter is used to set mains frequency filter cycle time. This will give a notch
filter at the frequency specified (50 Hz or 60 Hz).
Three LEDs indicate module status Fault (Red), Run (Green) and Warning (Yellow). The RUN LED
indicates normal operation and the WARNING LED indicates if any error input is active.
The FAULT LED indicates that the module is in Init state, Error state or Not configured state.
In Not configured state the FAULT LED is turned off after the first valid access to the module.

3BSE 020 924R201

65

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

The reset circuitry gives a reset signal when the module is inserted until the BLOCK signal is
inactive and the POWOK signal is active. The BLOCK signal is deactivated when the module lock
mechanism is in the locked position. The POWOK comes from the FCI after power is applied.
Four different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 Extended MTU and the TU810 (or TU814)
Compact MTU enables three wire connection to the devices without additional terminals.
The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process.
Technical Data

7DEOH $ $,57',QSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQVDW&

AI830
RTD Input Module

Feature

66

Number of channels

Type of input

3-wire RTD:
Pt100, Cu10, Ni100, Ni120
and resistive potentiometer

Measurement range

See Table A-8

Voltage input, maximum

30V

Maximum field cable length

600 meters, (656 yd.)

CMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz

>80 dB

NMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz

>60 dB

Intrinsic error (IEC 51-1)

See Table A-8

Resolution

See Table A-8

Temperature drift

See Table A-8

Update cycle time

See Table A-8

Current consumption 24V

80 mA

Current consumption 5V

80 mA

Power dissipation

2.2 W

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.4 AI830 RTD Input Module

7DEOH $ $,57',QSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQVDW&&RQWLQXHG

AI830
RTD Input Module

Feature
Supervision

Open-circuit, short-circuit (1),

reference channel, internal
power supply

Isolation

Groupwise isolated from

ground (RIV=50V)

Mounting termination units

TU810, TU812, TU814 or

TU830

MTU keying code

AF

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC 536;

(earth protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529,

(IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

50V

Dielectric test voltage

500V a.c.

Width

45 mm (1.77)

Depth

97 mm (3.8), 106 mm (4.2)

including connector

Height

119 mm (4.7)

Weight

0.22 kg (0.49 lbs.)

(1) For Cu10, not short circuit.

3BSE 020 924R201

67

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Table A-8. AI830 Signal Range

Temperature
Range
-80...80C

Sensor
Type
Pt100 (2)

Intrinsic
Error

Temperature
Drift

Update Cycle Time

(1)

>12 bit

Max. 5
ppm/C

360 ms + n x 100 ms

>13 bit

Max. 5
ppm/C

360 ms + n x 80 ms

>13 bit

Max. 5
ppm/C

360 ms + n x 80 ms

>12 bit

Max. 5
ppm/C

360 ms + n x 100 ms

-76...356F

Max. 0.08%
Ni100 (3)
according to Typ. 0.05%
DIN 43760

-80...260C

Ni120 (4)

>13 bit

Max. 5
ppm/C

360 ms + n x 80 ms

>10 bit

Max. 5
ppm/C

360 ms + n x 100 ms

14 bit

Max. 5
ppm/C

360 ms + n x 80 ms

-112...176F
-200...250C

Typ. 0.05%
Pt100 (2)
Pt100

(2)

Cu10 (5)

Max. 0.2%
Typ. 0.15%

-148...500F
0...400

Max. 0.08%
Typ. 0.05%

-112...500F
-100...260C

Max. 0.08%
Typ. 0.05%

-328...1562F
-60...180C

Max. 0.08%
Typ. 0.05%

-328...482F
-200...850C

Max. 0.08%

Resolution

Resistor

Max. 0.08%
Typ. 0.05%

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)

n = Number of active channels

According to IEC 751
According to DIN 43760
According to MIL-T-24388C, TCR = 0, 00672
Ro = 120 ohms (MINCO)
(5) According to TRC = 0.00427, R25 = 10 ohms (MINCO)

68

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.4 AI830 RTD Input Module

Block Diagram AI830

FAULT
RUN
WARNING
ZP
Pos

LP
Block
Mux

I4+
I4ZP

CPU

MBI

#
LP

5VS
5V

I5+
I5ZP

I8+
I8ZP

0V

LP

LP

Power_ok

+12V
ZP
-12V

ModuleBus

I1+
I1ZP

+24V
0V24V

Ref:s
ZP

EM

3BSE 020 924R201

69

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Process Connections

7DEOH $ $,3URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

Process
Connection

70

TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector (1)

TU830
Terminal

L1+ (2)

1, 14

L1+ (2)

0V d.c. (ZP)

L1-

2, 15

L1- (2)

B1, B2

Ch1, + Input

C1

C1

Ch1, - Input

B1

16

C2

Ch1, Return (ZP)

A1

A1, A2

B3, B4

Ch 2, + Input

C2

C3

Ch 2, - Input

B2

17

C4

Ch 2, Return (ZP)

A2

A3, A4

B5, B6

Ch 3, + Input

C3

C5

Ch 3, - Input

B3

18

C6

Ch 3, Return (ZP)

A3

A5, A6

B7, B8

Ch 4, + Input

C4

C7

Ch 4, - Input

B4

19

C8

Ch 4, Return (ZP)

A4

A7, A8

B9, B10

Ch 5, + Input

C5

C9

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.4 AI830 RTD Input Module

7DEOH $ $,3URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

Process
Connection

TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector (1)

TU830
Terminal

Ch 5, - Input

B5

20

C10

Ch 5, Return (ZP)

A5

A9, A10

B11, B12

Ch 6, + Input

C6

C11

Ch 6, - Input

B6

21

C12

Ch 6, Return (ZP)

A6

A11, A12

B13, B14

Ch 7, + Input

C7

C13

Ch 7, - Input

B7

22

C14

Ch 7, Return (ZP)

A7

A13, A14

B15, B16

Ch 8, + Input

C8

10

C15

Ch 8, - Input

B8

23

C16

Ch 8, Return (ZP)

A8

A15, A16

L2+ (2)

11, 24

L2+ (2)

0V dc (ZP)

L2-

12, 25

L2- (2)

(1) Pin 13 connected to connector body for EM.

3BSE 020 924R201

71

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-9 shows the process connections for the RTD Input Module AI830 when installed on a
TU830 Extended MTU.

Process

TU830

0V
T

L1+
L1+
L1L1-

AI830

6.3A
Fuse

ZP

Ch1+
Ch1ZP

B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2

I1+
I1ZP

Ch2+
Ch2ZP

B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4

I2+
I2ZP

Ch3+
Ch3ZP

B5,B6
C5
C6
A5,A6

I3+
I3ZP

Ch5+
Ch5ZP

B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10

Ch6+
Ch6ZP

B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12

Ch4+
Ch4ZP

Ch8+
Ch8ZP

B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,B16
C15
C16
A15,A16

0V

L2+
L2+
L2L2-

Ch7+
Ch7ZP

I4+
I4ZP
I5+
I5ZP
I6+
I6ZP
I7+
I7ZP
I8+
I8+
ZP
6.3A
Fuse

ZP

EM

)LJXUH $ AI830 with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections

72

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.4 AI830 RTD Input Module

Figure A-10 shows the process connections for the AI830 when installed on a TU810 of TU814
Compact MTU.

Process

TU810
(or TU814)

0V
T

L1+
L1+
L1-

AI830

ZP

Ch1+
Ch1ZP

C1
B1
A1

I1+
I1ZP

Ch2+
Ch2ZP

C2
B2
A2

I2+
I2ZP

Ch3+
Ch3ZP

C3
B3
A3

I3+
I3ZP

Ch4+
Ch4ZP

C4
B4
A4

I4+
I4ZP

Ch5+
Ch5ZP

C5
B5
A5

I5+
I5ZP

Ch6+
Ch6ZP

C6
B6
A6

I6+
I6ZP

Ch7+
Ch7ZP

C7
B7
A7

I7+
I7ZP

Ch8+
Ch8ZP

C8
B8
A8

I8+
I8+
ZP

L2+
L2+
L2-

ZP

0V

EM

)LJXUH $ AI830 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

73

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

A.5 AI835 Thermocouple/mV Input Module

Features

8 differential input channels for thermocouple/mV

Channel 8 can be designated as the CJ-channel
(4-wire Pt100 RTD)

F
R
W

Variety of thermocouples with the following characteristics:

B, C, E, J, K, N, R, S an T

15 Bit resolution (A/D)

Inputs are monitored for wire-break open-circuit

EMC protection

DIN rail mounting.

5

Description

The AI835 Thermocouple/mV Input Module is part of the S800 I/O.

It provides 8 differential input channels for Thermocouple/mV
measurements. Measurement ranges configurable per channel are:
-30mV to +75mV linear, or TC Types B, C, E, J, K, N, R, S an T.

6
7
8

AI835
One of the channels (Channel 8) may be configured for Cold
TC/mV
Junction (ambient) temperature measurements, thus serving as
CJ-channel for Ch. 1...7. The junction temperature may be measured
locally on the MTUs screw terminals, or on a connection unit distant form the device. Alternatively,
a fix junction temperature for the module may be set by the user (as parameter). Channel 8 may be
used in the same manner as Ch. 1...7 when no CJ-temperature measurement is needed.

Each input-channel can measure a mV type of signal source (Thermocouple or linear), and may be
grounded or ungrounded.
Full self-calibration is obtained by means of 0V, 50 mV and 100 ohm references, which are regularly
updated.
Three LEDs indicate module status Fault (Red), Run (Green) and Warning (Yellow). The RUN LED
indicates normal operation and the WARNING LED indicates if any error input is active.

74

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.5 AI835 Thermocouple/mV Input Module

The FAULT LED indicates that the module is in Init state, Error state or Not configured state.
In Not configured state the FAULT LED is turned off after the first valid access to the module.
The reset circuitry gives a reset signal when the module is inserted until the BLOCK signal is
inactive and the POWOK signal is active. The BLOCK signal is deactivated when the module lock
mechanism is in the locked position. The POWOK comes from the FCI after power is applied.
Four different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 Extended MTU or the TU810 (or TU814)
Compact MTU enables three wire connection to the devices without additional terminals.
The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process.
Technical Data

7DEOH $ $,7KHUPRFRXSOHP9,QSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQVDW&

Feature

AI835
Thermocouple/mV Input Module

Number of channels

8 (Differential)

Type of input

-30 mV to 75 mV linear, or TC types

B, C, E, J, K, N, R, S and T

Measurement range

See Table A-11

Input impedance

> 1 M

CJ-temperature measurement reference

4-wire connected IEC-751/Pt100

RTD

Maximum field cable length

600 meters (656 yd.)

CMV between channels, max.

25V RMS

CMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz

120 dB

NMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz

>40 dB

Resolution (A/D)

15 bits

Intrinsic error (IEC51-1)

0.1%

Temperature drift

Typ. 5 ppm/C
Max. 30 ppm/C

Filter, analog (1st order Low-pass)

10 Hz

3BSE 020 924R201

75

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

7DEOH $ $,7KHUPRFRXSOHP9,QSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQVDW&&RQWLQXHG

Feature

AI835
Thermocouple/mV Input Module

Filter (integration)

50 Hz or 60 Hz

Update cycle time, max.

280 ms + n*80 ms
(n = active channels)

Supervision

Module: reference channels, power

supply low
Channel TC: open-circuit
Linear: none
Pt100 (CH8): <-40C (-40F) and
>100C (212F)

76

Current consumption 24 V

50 mA

Current consumption 5 V

75 mA

Power dissipation

1.6 W

Isolation

Groupwise isolated from ground

(RIV=50V)

Module termination units

TU810, TU812, TU814 or TU830

MTU keying code

BA

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC 536; (earth

protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529, (IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

50V

Dielectric test voltage

500V a.c.

Width

45 mm (1.77)

Depth

97 mm (3.8), 106 mm (4.2)

including connector

Height

119 mm (4.7)

Weight

0.22 kg (0.49 lbs.)

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.5 AI835 Thermocouple/mV Input Module

7DEOH $ $,5DQJH/LQHDUL]DWLRQ

Input Type

Temperature Range

TC type B (1)

44...1820oC, 111...3308oF

TC type C

0...2300oC, 32...4172oF

TC type E (1)

-270...1000oC, -454...1832oF

TC type J (1)

-210...1200oC, -346...2192oF

TC type K (1)

-270...1372oC, -454...2501oF

TC type N (1)

-270...1300oC, -454...2372oF

TC type R (1)

-50...1768oC, -58...3214oF

TC type S (1)

-50...1768oC, -58...3214oF

TC type T (1)

-270...400oC, -454...752oF

Linear range

-30...75 mV

Pt100 RTD (for CJC) (2)

-40...100oC, -40...212oF

(1) Linearization per IEC 584-1 1995, and following ITS 90 requirements.
(2) Sensor Type applies to Channel 8 only, for the measuring of the Cold
Junction Compensation temperature.

From the 11 Sensor Types above, one choice is to be selected by the user SHU
FKDQQHO.

3BSE 020 924R201

77

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Block Diagram AI835

Fault
MB = Modulebus
FIC = Full protocol module Interface Circuity
MTI = Main Timer Interface
SPI = Serial Peripheral Interface

REFs

Run
Warning
+CH1
-CH1

+CH2
-CH2

EMC/
LP

EMC/
LP

Data
Differential

A/D

ANALOG

CLK

MUX

+CH7
-CH7

Amplifier

CTRL
(MTI)

EMC/
LP
ADR(SPI)

+CH8

Pos(6:0)
pow_ok
+5V

+PCJC
Pt100

MB

FIC

(low)

EMC/
LP

0V

-CH8

+UPint
GNDA
-UPint

-PCJC
ZP

EM

78

+24V
0V_24V

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.5 AI835 Thermocouple/mV Input Module

Process Connections

7DEOH $ $,3URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

Process
Connection

3BSE 020 924R201

TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector (1)

TU830
Terminal

Pt100, PCJC-

L1+ (2)

1, 14

L1+ (2)

L1-

2, 15

L1- (2)

B1, B2

Ch1, + Input

C1

C1

Ch1, - Input

B1

16

C2

Ch1, Return (ZP)

A1

A1, A2

B3, B4

Ch 2, + Input

C2

C3

Ch 2, - Input

B2

17

C4

Ch 2, Return (ZP)

A2

A3, A4

B5, B6

Ch 3, + Input

C3

C5

Ch 3, - Input

B3

18

C6

Ch 3, Return (ZP)

A3

A5, A6

B7, B8

Ch 4, + Input

C4

C7

Ch 4, - Input

B4

19

C8

Ch 4, Return (ZP)

A4

A7, A8

B9, B10

Ch 5, + Input

C5

C9

79

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

7DEOH $ $,3URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

Process
Connection

TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector (1)

TU830
Terminal

Ch 5, - Input

B5

20

C10

Ch 5, Return (ZP)

A5

A9, A10

B11, B12

Ch 6, + Input

C6

C11

Ch 6, - Input

B6

21

C12

Ch 6, Return (ZP)

A6

A11, A12

B13, B14

Ch 7, + Input

C7

C13

Ch 7, - Input

B7

22

C14

Ch 7, Return (ZP)

A7

A13, A14

B15, B16

Ch 8, + Input

C8

10

C15

Ch 8, - Input

B8

23

C16

Ch 8, Return (ZP)

A8

A15, A16

Pt100, PCJC+

L2+ (2)

11, 24

L2+ (2)

L2-

12, 25

L2- (2)

(1) Pin 13 connected to connector body for EM.

80

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.5 AI835 Thermocouple/mV Input Module

Figure A-11 shows the process connections for the TC/mV Input Module AI835 when installed on a
TU830 Extended MTU.

Process

TU830

L1+
L1+
L1L1-

6.3A

PCJC-

Fuse

B1,B2

I1+
I1ZP

Ch1+ C1
Ch1- C2

A1,A2

Thermocouple isolated
from ground

AI835

B3,B4

Ch2+ C3
Ch2- C4

I2+
I2ZP

A3,A4
B5,B6

Ch3+ C5
Ch3- C6

I3+
I3ZP

A5,A6
B7,B8

Ch4+ C7
Ch4- C8

Ch5+
Ch5-

I4+
I4ZP

A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10

I5+
I5ZP

B11,B12

Thermocouple connected
to ground

Ch6+ C11
Ch6- C12

I6+
I6ZP

A11,A12
B13,B14

Pt100

Ch7+ C13
Ch7- C14

I7+
I7ZP

Ch8+
Ch8-

I8+
I8+
ZP

A13,A14
B15,B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-

6.3A

PCJC+

Fuse

EM

)LJXUH $ AI835 with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

81

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-12 shows the process connections for the AI835 when installed on a TU810 or TU814
Compact MTU.

TU810
(or TU814)

Process

L1+
L1+
L1-

I1+
I1ZP

Ch2+ C2
Ch2- B2

I2+
I2ZP

Ch3+ C3
Ch3- B3

I3+
I3ZP

A2

A3

Ch4+ C4
Ch4- B4

I4+
I4ZP

A4

Ch5+ C5
Ch5- B5

I5+
I5ZP

Ch6+ C6
Ch6- B6

I6+
I6ZP

Ch7+ C7
Ch7- B7

I7+
I7ZP

A5

Thermocouple connected
to ground

PCJC-

Ch1+ C1
Ch1- B1
A1

Thermocouple isolated
from ground

AI835

A6

A7

Pt100 Ch8+ C8
Ch8- B8

I8+
I8+
ZP

A8
L2+
L2+
L2-

PCJC+
EM

)LJXUH $ AI835 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections

82

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.5 AI835 Thermocouple/mV Input Module

Figure A-13 shows the AI835 connections through a remote junction box.

TU810
(or TU814)

Process
Multi-conductor (Cu)
shielded cables
Thermocouple
connected to
ground

L1+
L1+
L1-

Junction
Box

AI835

PCJC-

Ch1+
Ch1-

C1
B1
A1

I1+
I1ZP

Ch2+
Ch2-

C2
B2
A2

I2+
I2ZP

Ch3+
Ch3-

C3
B3
A3

I3+
I3ZP

Ch4+
Ch4-

C4
B4
A4

I4+
I4ZP

Ch5+
Ch5-

C5
B5
A5

I5+
I5ZP

Ch6+
Ch6-

C6
B6
A6

I6+
I6ZP

Ch7+
Ch7-

C7
B7
A7

I7+
I7ZP

Ch8+
Ch8-

C8
B8
A8

I8+
I8+
ZP

Thermocouple
isolated from
ground

L2+
L2+
L2-

PCJC+
EM

)LJXUH $ AI835 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process

Connections to Remote Junction Box

3BSE 020 924R201

83

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

A.6 AO801 Analog Output Module, 0...20 mA

Features

8 channels of 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA outputs

OSP sets outputs to predetermined state upon
error detection

STATUS

Analog Output is to be short circuit secured to ZP

or +24V
EMC protection
DIN rail mounting.
Description

AO801
0(4)...20mA

The AO801 Analog Output Module has 8 unipolar

analog output channels.
To supervise the communication to the D/Aconverters the serial data is read back and verified.
The open-circuit diagnostic is received during the
readback.
One LED are used to indicate the state of the
module.The STATUS LED green indicates that the
device is in operational state. The STATUS LED
red indicates that the device is in error state.
In Not configured state the STATUS LED is turned
off after the first valid access to the module.

L+ L- 24V
1
0

2
-

3
-

4
- 0

5
-

6
-

7
-

8
-

The module performs self-diagnostic cyclically. Module diagnostics include: Internal power supply
supervision which is reported when supply voltage is to low.

84

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.6 AO801 Analog Output Module, 0...20 mA

The outputs of the module will be set to a predetermined value if the OSP-watchdog timer expires or
if the SetOSPState command is received. The watchdog timer is set by the controller (OSP timer)
and is used for ModuleBus supervision. The watchdog timer is re-triggered every time the correct
module address has been decoded (or broadcast). If the watchdog timer expires or if the
SetOSPState command is received, the module enters the OSP state and the active outputs (if any)
are set to their OSP values which can be configured as a predefined value or to use the last good
value sent.The output values will be kept as long as the module stays in the OSP state. To change the
outputs the module first has to leave this state. When reentering Operational State, the outputs are
still kept with their OSP value until new valid values are written.
The reset circuitry gives a reset signal when the POWOK signal is active. The POWOK comes from
the FCI after power is applied.
Technical Data

7DEOH $ $2$QDORJ2XWSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQVDW&

AO801
Analog Output Module

Feature
Number of channels

Output rang

0... 20mA, 4...20mA

Over range

15%

Output load at external 24V <24V

Max 850 ohms (external 24V > 24V) (1)

(24V external - 7) /0.02 (external 24V < 24V)

Maximum field cable length

600 meters (656 yd.)

Rise time

10s

Cycle time

1 ms

Intrinsic error (IEC51-1)

Max. 0.1%

Resolution

12 bit

Output Set as Predetermined (OSP) timer

256, 512, 1024 ms

Temperature drift

Typ. 30 ppm/C
Max. 60 ppm/C

Current consumption 24V

(external supply), maximum

200 mA

Current consumption 5V, maximum

70 mA

3BSE 020 924R201

85

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

7DEOH $ $2$QDORJ2XWSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQVDW&&RQWLQXHG

AO801
Analog Output Module

Feature
Power dissipation

3.8 W

Isolation

Groupwise isolated from ground (RIV=50V)

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC 536; (earth protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529, (IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

50V

Dielectric test voltage

500V a.c.

Width

86.1 mm (3.4)

Depth

58.5 mm (2.3)

Height

110 mm (4.33)

Weight

0.24 kg (0.53 lbs.)

(1) See Power Dissipation Calculation below.

Power Dissipation Calculation

If output load <250 ohms and high power supply can max. power dissipation be exceeded.
The total power dissipated in the output stages should be <1.2 W. Can be calculated according to:
UP <24V
3

RXWSXW


= [( 83 -  - ( 5 +  ) x ,
L 
/L

) x ,&+L ]

&+L

UP >24V
3

RXWSXW

= [(  - ( 5 +  ) x ,
L 
/L

&+L

) x ,&+L ]

83 = Power supply to the output stages

= Average output current per channel
,
5 = Output load per channel
&+L
/L

Temporary overload or short circuit does not cause any damage but long term overload will decrease
module MTBF.

86

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.6 AO801 Analog Output Module, 0...20 mA

Block Diagram AO801

L+
L-

STATUS
#

EMC
prot

O1
1-

Pos

MBI

CPU

5VS

EMC
prot

O8
8-

5V
ZD
Power_ok

3BSE 020 924R201

EM

87

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Process Connections

7DEOH $ $3URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV

Process
Connection

88

Process
Terminal

Ch1, + Output

1O

Ch1 Return (ZP)

1-

Ch 2, + Output

2O

Ch2 Return (ZP)

2-

Ch 3, + Output

3O

Ch3 Return (ZP)

3-

Ch 4, + Output

4O

Ch4 Return (ZP)

4-

Ch 5, + Output

5O

Ch5 Return (ZP)

5-

Ch 6, + Output

6O

Ch6 Return (ZP)

6-

Ch 7, + Output

7O

Ch7 Return (ZP)

7-

Ch 8, + Output

8O

Ch8 Return (ZP)

8-

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.6 AO801 Analog Output Module, 0...20 mA

Figure A-16 shows the process connections for the AO801 when installed on a TU810 or TU814
Compact MTU.

Process
Device

AO801

D/A

O1
ZP

0 - 20mA

O2
1-

0 - 20mA

D/A

O3
2-

0 - 20mA

D/A

O4
3-

0 - 20mA

D/A

O5
5-

0 - 20mA

D/A

O6
6-

0 - 20mA

D/A

O7
7-

0 - 20mA

D/A

O8
8-

0 - 20mA

D/A

L+

+24V

L-

0V

EM

)LJXUH $ AO801 Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

89

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

A.7 AO810 Analog Output Module, 0...20 mA

Features

8 channels of 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA outputs

EMC protection

F
R
W
O
1

DIN rail mounting.

OSP sets outputs to predetermined state upon error detection

Analog Output is to be short circuit secured to ZP or +24V

Description

The AO810 Analog Output Module has 8 unipolar analog output

channels.
To supervise the communication to the D/A-converters the serial data is
read back and verified. The open-circuit diagnostic is received during
the readback.
Four LEDs are used to indicate the state of the device. The RUN
(green) LED indicates that the device is in operational state.
The FAULT (red) LED indicates that the device is in error state.
In Not configured state the FAULT LED is turned off after the first
valid access to the module. The WARNING (yellow) LED indicates
that there is some kind of process error such as an open circuit, or
power supply fault. OSP (yellow) LED indicates that the output value
is set to the OSP value.

3
4
5
6
7
8

AO810
0..20 mA

The module performs self-diagnostic cyclically. Module diagnostics include: Process power supply
supervision which is reported when supply voltage to output circuitry is to low. The error is reported
as a channel error. Channel diagnostic include: Fault detection of the channel. (Only reported on
active channels). The error is reported if the output current is less than the output set value.

90

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.7 AO810 Analog Output Module, 0...20 mA

The outputs of the module will be set to a predetermined value if the OSP-watchdog timer expires or
if the SetOSPState command is received. The watchdog timer is set by the controller (OSP timer)
and is used for ModuleBus supervision. The watchdog timer is re-triggered every time the correct
node address has been decoded (or broadcast). If the watchdog timer expires or if the SetOSPState
command is received, the module enters the OSP state and the active outputs (if any) are set to their
OSP values which can be configured as a predefined value or to use the last good value sent.
The output values will be kept as long as the module stays in the OSP state. To change the outputs
the module first has to leave this state. When reentering Operational State, the outputs are still kept
with their OSP value until new valid values are written.
The reset circuitry gives a reset signal when the module is inserted until the BLOCK signal is
inactive and the POWOK signal is active. The BLOCK signal is deactivated when the module lock
mechanism is in the locked position. The POWOK comes from the FCI after power is applied.
Four different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 Extended MTU and the TU810 (or TU814)
Compact MTU enables wire connection to the devices without additional terminals. The TU812
Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process.
Technical Data

7DEOH $ $2$QDORJ2XWSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQVDW&

AO810
Analog Output Module

Feature
Number of channels

Output range

0... 20mA, 4...20 mA(1)

Over range

15%

Output load

500 ohms(2),
250 - 850 ohms(3)

Maximum field cable length

600 meters (656 yd.)

Rise time

4 ms

Cycle time

2 ms

Propagation delay

6 ms

Intrinsic error (IEC51-1)

Max. 0.1% at 0 - 500 ohms

Resolution

14 bit

Output Set as Predetermined (OSP) timer 256, 512, 1024 ms

3BSE 020 924R201

91

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

7DEOH $ $2$QDORJ2XWSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQVDW&&RQWLQXHG

AO810
Analog Output Module

Feature
Temperature drift

Typ. 30 ppm/C
Max. 60 ppm/C

Current consumption 24V

(external supply), maximum

200 mA

Supervision

Module: Output power low

Channel: Open-circuit
(for current > 1 mA)

Current consumption 5V, maximum

Power dissipation

(4)

70 mA
3W

Isolation

Groupwise isolated from ground

(RIV=50V)

Mounting termination units

TU810, TU812, TU814 and

TU830

MTU keying code

AE

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC 536;

(earth protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529, (IEC

144)

Rated insulation voltage

50V

Dielectric test voltage

500V a.c.

Width

45 mm (1.77)

Depth

97 mm (3.8), 106 mm (4.2)

including connector

Height

119 mm (4.7)

Weight

0.18 kg (0.4 lbs.)

(1) Handled by the FCI or controller.

(2) With supply connected to L1+ only
(3) With supply connected to L2+ only.
Note: RL = 250...850 ohms (with power supply connected to L2+)
Power supply min.= U drop + I max. x RL = 7.7V + 0.023*RL(>19.2V)
Power Supply max. = 30V
(4) 250 ohm load, 70% of nominal current, all channels activated. Supply L+ connected.

92

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.7 AO810 Analog Output Module, 0...20 mA

Block Diagram AO810

L2+
FAULT
RUN
WARNING
OSP

L1+
ZP
#

EMC
prot

O1
ZP

Pos

MBI-2

CPU

5VS
5V
ZD
Power_ok

3BSE 020 924R201

EMC
prot

O8
ZP
EM

93

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Process Connections

7DEOH $ $3URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

Process
Connection

94

TU812
DSub 25 male
connector (1)

TU830
Terminal

+24V d.c.

L1+ (2)

1, 14

L1+ (2)

0V d.c. (ZP)

L1-

2, 15

L1- (2)

B1, B2

Ch1, + Output

C1

C1

Ch1 Return (ZP)

A1

16

A1, A2

B3, B4

Ch 2, + Output

C2

C3

Ch2 Return (ZP)

A2

17

A3, A4

B5, B6

Ch 3, + Output

C3

C5

Ch3 Return (ZP)

A3

18

A5, A6

B7, B8

Ch 4, + Output

C4

C7

Ch4 Return (ZP)

A4

19

A7, A8

B9, B10

Ch 5, + Output

C5

C9

Ch5 Return (ZP)

A5

20

A9, A10

B11, B12

Ch 6, + Output

C6

C11

Ch6 Return (ZP)

A6

21

A11, A12

B13, B14

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.7 AO810 Analog Output Module, 0...20 mA

7DEOH $ $3URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

Process
Connection

TU812
DSub 25 male
connector (1)

TU830
Terminal

Ch 7, + Output

C7

C13

Ch7 Return (ZP)

A7

22

A13, A14

B15, B16

Ch 8, + Output

C8

10

C15

Ch8 Return (ZP)

A8

23

A15, A16

+24V dc

L2+ (2)

11, 24

L2+ (2)

0V dc (ZP)

L2-

12, 25

L2- (2)

(1) Pin 13 connected to connector body for EM.

3BSE 020 924R201

95

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-15 shows the process connections for the Analog Output Module AO810 when installed
on an TU830 Extended MTU.

6.3A
Fuse

D/A

D/A

D/A

D/A

D/A

D/A

D/A

D/A

Process
Device

TU830

AO810

L1+
L1+
L1L1-

UP1

B1

O1
ZP

C1
A1

UP1

B3

O2
ZP

C3
A3

UP1

B5

O3
ZP

C5
A5

UP1

B7

O4
ZP
UP1

C7
A7
B9

O5
ZP

C9
A9

UP1

B11

O6
ZP

C11
A11

UP1

B13

O7
ZP

C13
A13

UP1

B15

O8
ZP

Fuse

0V

Ch1 +
Ch1 -

0 - 20mA

Ch2 +
Ch2 -

0 - 20mA

Ch3 +
Ch3 -

0 - 20mA

Ch4 +
Ch4 -

0 - 20mA

Ch5 +
Ch5 -

0 - 20mA

Ch6 +
Ch6 -

0 - 20mA

Ch7 +
Ch7 -

0 - 20mA

C15
A15

Ch8 +
Ch8 -

0 - 20mA

L2+
L2+
L2L2-

+24V

6.3A

EM

+24V

0V

RL < 500 ohms

(with power supply
connected to L1+,
See Note below)

Note: RL = 250...850 ohms (with power supply

connected to L2+)
Power supply min. = 7.7V+0.023*RL
Power Supply = 19.2 to 30V
RL min = 250 ohms (including all outputs)

)LJXUH $ AO810 with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections

96

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.7 AO810 Analog Output Module, 0...20 mA

Figure A-16 shows the process connections for the AO810 when installed on a TU810 or TU814
Compact MTU.

Process
Device

TU810
(or TU814)

AO810

L1+
L1+
L1-

+24V

C1
A1

Ch1 +
Ch1 -

0 - 20mA

C2
A2

Ch2 +
Ch2 -

0 - 20mA

C3
A3

Ch3 +
Ch3 -

0 - 20mA

C4
A4

Ch4 +
Ch4 -

0 - 20mA

C5
A5

Ch5 +
Ch5 -

0 - 20mA

C6
A6

Ch6 +
Ch6 -

0 - 20mA

C7
A7

Ch7 +
Ch7 -

0 - 20mA

C8
A8

Ch8 +
Ch8 -

0 - 20mA

0V

UP1
D/A

O1
ZP
UP1

D/A

O2
ZP

RL < 500 ohms

(with power supply
connected to L1+,
See Note below)

UP1
D/A

O3
ZP
UP1

D/A

D/A

O4
ZP
UP1
O5
ZP
UP1

D/A

O6
ZP
UP1

D/A

O7
ZP
UP1

D/A

EM

O8
ZP

L2+
L2+
L2-

+24V
0V

Note: RL = 250...850 ohms (with power supply

connected to L2+)
Power supply min. = 7.7V+0.023*RL
Power Supply = 19.2 to 30V
RL min = 250 ohms (including all outputs)

)LJXUH $ AO810 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

97

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-17 shows the process connections for the Analog Output Module AO810 when installed
on an TU812 Compact MTU.

TU812

AO810

D/A

D/A

D/A

D/A

D/A

D/A

D/A

UP1 1

UP1 14

14

0V

ZP1 2

ZP1 15

15
3

UP1

Ch1 +

S1 3

O1
ZP

Ch1 -

S2 16

16

UP1

Ch2 +

S3 4

O2
ZP

Ch2 -

S4 17

17

Ch3 +

S5 5

UP1

Ch3 -

S6 18

18

O3
ZP

Ch4 +

S7 6

UP1

Ch4 -

S8 19

19

Ch5 +

S9 7

Ch5 -

S10 20

20

Ch6 +

S11 8

O4
ZP
UP1
O5
ZP

Ch6 -

S12 21

21

UP1

Ch7 +

S13 9

O6
ZP

Ch7 -

S14 22

22

Ch8 +

S15 10

10

Ch8 -

S16 23

23

+24V UP2 11

11

UP1

UP2 24

24

O8
ZP

ZP2 12

12

ZP2 25

25

EM 13

13

UP1
D/A

+24V

O7
ZP

0V

RL < 500 ohms

(with power supply
connected to L1+,
See Note below)

Process
Connection

EM
Note: RL = 250...850 ohms (with power supply
connected to L2+)
Power supply min. = 7.7V+0.023*RL
Power Supply = 19.2 to 30V
RL min = 250 ohms (including all outputs)

)LJXUH $ AO810 with TU812 Compact MTU Process Connections

98

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.8 AO820 Bipolar Analog Output Module, -20 mA...+20 mA, -10V...+10V

A.8 AO820 Bipolar Analog Output Module,

-20 mA...+20 mA, -10V...+10V
Features

4 channels of -20 mA...+20 mA, 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA or

-10V...+10V, 0...10V, 2...10V outputs
Individually galvanically isolated channels
OSP sets outputs to predetermined state upon error detection

F
R
W
O
1

EMC protection
DIN rail mounting.
2

Description

The AO820 Analog Output Module has 4 bipolar analog output

channels. The choice of current or voltage output is configurable for
each channel. There are separate sets of terminals for voltage and
current outputs, and it is up to the user to wire outputs properly.
The only differences between current or voltage channel configuration
is in software settings.
To supervise the communication to the A/D-converters the output data
is read back and verified. The open-circuit diagnostics are read
continuously as well.

AO820
20 mA, 10V Isolated

Four LEDs are used to indicate the state of the device. The RUN
(green) LED indicates that the device is in operational state.
The FAULT (red) LED indicates that the device is in an error state, or a power fault has been
detected. In Not configured state the FAULT LED is turned off after the first valid access to the
module. The WARNING (yellow) LED indicates that there is some kind of process error such as an
open circuit. OSP (yellow) LED indicates that the output values are set to the OSP value.
The module cyclically performs self-diagnostics. Module diagnostics include: Process power supply
supervision causes a module failure if detected. Channel diagnostics include: Fault detection of the
channel. (Only reported on active channels). The error is reported if the output current differ from
the output set value (that is, open wire condition).

3BSE 020 924R201

99

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

The outputs of the module will be set to a predetermined value if the OSP-watchdog timer expires or
if the SetOSPState command is received. The watchdog timer is set by the controller and is used for
ModuleBus supervision. The watchdog timer is re-triggered every time the correct node address has
been decoded (or broadcast). If the watchdog timer expires or if the SetOSPState command is
received, the module enters the OSP state and the active outputs (if any) are set to their OSP values
which can be configured as a predefined value or as the last good value sent.
The output values will be kept as long as the module stays in the OSP state. To change the outputs
the module first has to leave this state. When reentering Operational State, the outputs are still kept
with their OSP value until new valid values are written.
The reset circuitry gives a reset signal when the module is inserted until the BLOCK signal is
inactive and the POWOK signal is active. The BLOCK signal is deactivated when the module lock
mechanism is in the locked position. The POWOK comes from the FCI after power is applied.
Four different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 Extended MTU and the TU810 (or TU814)
Compact MTU enables wire connection to the devices without additional terminals. The TU812
Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process.
Technical Data

7DEOH $ $2$QDORJ2XWSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQVDW&

AO820
Analog Output Module

Feature

100

Number of channels

Output ranges (nominal)

-20 mA...+20 mA, 0...20 mA,

4...20 mA(1) or -10V...+10V,
0...10V, 2...10V(2)

Over range

15%

Output load, current outputs

Including wire resistance

550 ohms - Nominal ranges

510 ohms - Over-range

Output load, voltage outputs

2k ohms

Maximum field cable length

600 meters (656 yd.)

Rise time

<0.4 ms

Cycle time for all channels

1.2 ms

Propagation delay

<2.4 ms

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.8 AO820 Bipolar Analog Output Module, -20 mA...+20 mA, -10V...+10V

7DEOH $ $2$QDORJ2XWSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQVDW&&RQWLQXHG

AO820
Analog Output Module

Feature
Intrinsic error (IEC51-1), Voltage

Max. 0.1%

Intrinsic error (IEC51-1), Current

at 250 ohms Max. 0.1%

Resolution

12 bits plus sign

Output Set as Predetermined (OSP) timer 256, 512, 1024 ms

Temperature drift

Max. 90 ppm/C

Current consumption 24V, maximum

200 mA

Current consumption 5V, maximum

100 mA

Power dissipation

(2)

2.8 W

Supervision

Module: Output power low

Channel: Open circuit (for
current > 1mA)

Isolation

Individually isolated, channel-tochannel and to circuit common

(RIV=50V)

Module termination units

TU810, TU812, TU814 or TU830

MTU keying code

BC

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC 536;

(earth protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529,

(IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

50V

Dielectric test voltage

500V a.c.

Width

45 mm (1.77)

Depth

97 mm (3.8), 106 mm (4.2)

including connector

Height

119 mm (4.7)

Weight

0.18 kg (0.4 lbs.)

(1) Handled by the controller or FCI.

(2) Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated.

3BSE 020 924R201

101

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Block Diagram AO820

FAULT
RUN
WARNING
OSP

Iso Power U,I Amp

and Amp
O1U+

EMC
protect

S/H

O1I+
O1U-

Current sense
O1I-

ZP1
CPU
EM

DAT+
DATCLK+
CLK5VS
5V

#
MBI-2

ModuleBus

Pos

Iso Power U,I Amp

and Amp

0V
+24V

O4U+

EMC
protect

Amp

O4IO4U-

+0V24
Block
Power_ok

Current sense
O4I-

ZP4
EM

102

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.8 AO820 Bipolar Analog Output Module, -20 mA...+20 mA, -10V...+10V

Process Connections

7DEOH $ $3URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV

Process Connection

3BSE 020 924R201

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector (1)

TU830
Terminal

Not used

L1+ (2)

1, 14

L1+ (2)

Not used

L1-

2, 15

L1- (2)

B1, B2

Ch1, Current Output +

C1

C1

Ch1, Current Output -

B1

16

C2

A1

A1, A2

B3, B4

Ch1, Voltage Output +

C2

C3

Ch1, Voltage Output -

B2

17

C4

A2

A3, A4

B5, B6

Ch2, Current Output +

C3

C5

Ch2, Current Output -

B3

18

C6

A3

A5, A6

B7, B8

Ch2, Voltage Output +

C4

C7

Ch2, Voltage Output -

B4

19

C8

A4

A7, A8

B9, B10

Ch3, Current Output +

C5

C9

103

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

7DEOH $ $3URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

Process Connection

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector (1)

TU830
Terminal

Ch3, Current Output -

B5

20

C10

A5

A9, A10

B11, B12

Ch3, Voltage Output +

C6

C11

Ch3, Voltage Output -

B6

21

C12

A6

A11, A12

B13, B14

Ch4, Current Output +

C7

C13

Ch4, Current Output -

B7

22

C14

A7

A13, A14

B15, B16

Ch4, Voltage Output +

C8

10

C15

Ch4, Voltage Output -

B8

23

C16

A8

A15, A16

Not used

L2+ (2)

11, 24

L2+ (2)

Not used

L2-

12, 25

L2- (2)

(1) Pin 13 connected to connector body for EM.

104

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.8 AO820 Bipolar Analog Output Module, -20 mA...+20 mA, -10V...+10V

Figure A-18 shows the process connections for the Bipolar Analog Output Module AO820 when
installed on an TU830 Extended MTU.

Process
Device

TU830

AO820

6.3A
Fuse

L1+
L1+
L1L1-

O1I
ZP1

C1
C2

Ch1 I+
Ch1 -

O1U
ZP1

C3
C4

Ch1 V+
Ch1 -

O2I
ZP2

C5
C6

Ch2 I+
Ch2 -

O2U
ZP2

C7
C8

Ch2 V+
Ch2 -

D/A

D/A

D/A

D/A

RL = <550 for
current outputs

O3I
ZP3

C9
C10

Ch3 I+
Ch3 -

O3U
ZP3

C11
C12

Ch3 V+
Ch3 -

O4I
ZP4

C13
C14

Ch4 I+
Ch4 -

O4U
ZP4

C15
C16

Ch4 V+
Ch4 -

20mA

0 - 20mA

Use either the current or

voltage output terminals,
but not both per channel.

10V

0 - 10V

6.3A
Fuse

EM

L2+
L2+
L2L2-

RL = >2K for
voltage outputs

)LJXUH $ AO820 with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

105

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-19 shows the process connections for the AO820 when installed on a TU810 or TU814
Compact MTU.

Process
Device

TU810
(or TU814)

AO820

L1+
L1+
L1-

RL = <550 for
current outputs
O1I
ZP1

C1
B1

Ch1 I+
Ch1 -

O1U
ZP1

C2
B2

Ch1 V+
Ch1 -

O2I
ZP2

C3
B3

Ch2 I+
Ch2 -

O2U
ZP2

C4
B4

Ch2 V+
Ch2 -

20mA

D/A

0 - 20mA

D/A

D/A

D/A

EM

O3I
ZP3

C5
B5

Ch3 I+
Ch3 -

O3U
ZP3

C6
B6

Ch3 V+
Ch3 -

O4I
ZP4

C7
B7

Ch4 I+
Ch4 -

O4U
ZP4

C8
B8

Ch4 V+
Ch4 -

L2+
L2+
L2-

Use either the current or

voltage output terminals,
but not both per channel.

10V

0 - 10V

RL = >2K for
voltage outputs

)LJXUH $ AO820 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections

106

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.8 AO820 Bipolar Analog Output Module, -20 mA...+20 mA, -10V...+10V

Figure A-19 shows the process connections for the AO820 when installed on a TU812 Compact
MTU
TU812

AO820

L1+

+24V UP1 1

L1-

UP1 14

14

0V

O1I
ZP1

C1
B1

Ch1 I+
Ch1 -

O1U
ZP1

C2
B2

Ch1 V+
Ch1 -

D/A

O2I
ZP2

C3
B3

Ch2 I+
Ch2 -

D/A
O2U
ZP2

O3I
ZP3

D/A

O3U
ZP3

O4I
ZP4

D/A

O4U
ZP4

C4
B4

C5
B5

C6
B6

C7
B7

C8
B8

Ch2 V+
Ch2 Ch3 I+
Ch3 Ch3 V+
Ch3 -

Ch4 I+
Ch4 Ch4 V+
Ch4 L2+

EM

L2+
L2-

ZP1 2

ZP1 15

15

S1 3

S2 16

16

S3 4

S4 17

17

S5 5

S6 18

18

S7 6

S8 19

19

S9 7

S10 20

20

S11 8

S12 21

21

S13 9

S14 22

22

S15 10

10

S16 23

23

+24V UP2 11

11

UP2 24

24

ZP2 12

12

0V ZP2 25

25

EM 13

13

Process
Connection

)LJXUH $ $2ZLWK78

3BSE 020 924R201

107

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

A.9 DI801 Digital Input Module, 24V, Current Sink

Features

16 channels for 24V d.c. inputs with current sink

1 isolated groups of 16 with voltage supervision

EMC protection
DIN rail mounting.

S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16

STATUS

Input status indicators

Description

The DI801 is a 16 channel 24V digital input module

for the S800 I/O. This module has 16 digital inputs.
The input voltage range is 18 to
30 volt d.c. and the input current is 6 mA at 24V.
The inputs are in one isolated group with sexteen
channels and channel number sexteen can be used
for voltage supervision input in the group.
Every input channel consists of current limiting
components, EMC protection components, input
state indication LED and optical isolation barrier.

DI801
24V 0.5A

L+ L- 24V
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

One STATUS LED red or green indicate module

status . One LED (Yellow) per channel (16) indicate
input channel status (On = 1 and Off = 0). The
STATUS LED green indicates normal operation.
The STATUS LED red indicates that the module is
in Init state or Not configured state. In Not Configured
state the STATUS LED is turned off after the first valid access to the module.
The process voltage supervision input give channel error signals if the voltage disappears.The error
signal can be read via the ModuleBus.
The reset circuitry gives a reset signal when the POWOK signal is active. The POWOK comes from
the FCI after power is applied.

108

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.9 DI801 Digital Input Module, 24V, Current Sink

The input channels can be digitally filtered. The different filter times that can be achieved are
2, 4, 8 and 16 ms. This means that noise pulses shorter than the filter time will be filtered out and
pulses longer than 3, 6, 12 and 24 ms will get through the filter.
Technical Data

7DEOH $ ','LJLWDO,QSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV

Feature
Number of channels

16 (1 x 8), current sink

Rated voltage
(process power supply range)

24V d.c.
(18 to 30V d.c.)

Input voltage range, 1

15 to 30V

Input voltage range, 0

-30 to +5V

Nominal input channel current

6.7 mA @ 24V d.c.

Input Impedance

3.5 k

Maximum field cable length

600 meters (656 yd.)

Filter times (digital, selectable)

2, 4, 8, 16 ms

Process voltage supervision

3BSE 020 924R201

DI801
Digital Input Module

channel 16

Current consumption +5V

70 mA

Power dissipation (1)

2.2 W

Isolation

Groupwise isolated from

ground (RIV=50V)

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC

536; (earth protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529,

(IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

50V

Dielectric test voltage

500V a.c.

109

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

7DEOH $ ','LJLWDO,QSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

Feature

DI801
Digital Input Module

Width

86.1 mm (3.4)

Depth

58.5 mm (2.3)

Height

110 mm (4.33)

Weight

0.24 kg (0.53 lbs.)

(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated at

nominal voltage of 24 Volts.

Block Diagram DI801

EMCBARRIER
CH 1

I1

CH 2

I2

CH 15

.
I15

CH 16

I16
.

STATUS
MBI
+5V
POWER-OK
0V
DAT
DAT-N
POS0-9
BLOCK

L-

EM

110

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.9 DI801 Digital Input Module, 24V, Current Sink

Process Connections

7DEOH $ ',3URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV

Process
Connection

3BSE 020 924R201

Process
Terminal

Ch1 Input

Ch 2 Input

Ch 3 Input

Ch 4 Input

Ch 5 Input

Ch 6 Input

Ch 7 Input

Ch 8 Input

Ch 9 Input

Ch 10 Input

10

Ch 11 Input

11

Ch 12 Input

12

Ch 13 Input

13

Ch 14 Input

14

Ch 15 Input

15

Ch 16 Input

16

111

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-24 shows the process connections for the DI801.

Process

DI801

+24V
0V
EM

)LJXUH $ DI801 Process Connections

112

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.10 DI810 Digital Input Module, 24V, Current Sink

A.10 DI810 Digital Input Module, 24V, Current Sink

Features

16 channels for 24V d.c. inputs with current sink

2 isolated groups of 8 with voltage supervision
Input status indicators
EMC protection
DIN rail mounting.
Description

The DI810 is a 16 channel 24V digital input module for the S800 I/O.
This module has 16 digital inputs. The input voltage range is 18 to
30 volt d.c. and the input current is 6 mA at 24V. The inputs are
divided into two individually isolated groups with eight channels and
one voltage supervision input in each group.
Every input channel consists of current limiting components, EMC
protection components, input state indication LED and optical
isolation barrier.

F
R
W
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

DI810
Three LEDs indicate module status Fault (Red), Run (Green) and
24V
Warning (Yellow). One LED (Yellow) per channel (16) indicate input
state (On = 1 and Off = 0). The RUN LED indicates normal operation
and the WARNING LED indicates if any error input is active.
The FAULT LED indicates that the module is in Init state or Not
configured state. In Not Configured state the FAULT LED is turned off after the first valid access to
the module.

The process voltage supervision input gives an error signal if the voltage disappears, and the
Warning LED turns on. The error signal can be read via the ModuleBus.
The reset circuitry gives a reset signal when the module is inserted until the BLOCK signal is
inactive and the POWOK signal is active. The BLOCK signal is deactivated when the module lock
mechanism is in the locked position. The POWOK comes from the FCI after power is applied.

3BSE 020 924R201

113

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

The input channels can be digitally filtered. The different filter times that can be achieved are
2, 4, 8 and 16 ms. This means that noise pulses shorter than the filter time will be filtered out and
pulses longer than 3, 6, 12 and 24 ms will get through the filter.
Five different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 Extended MTU enables three wire
connection to the devices without additional terminals. The TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU has
terminals for 24V process voltage supervision inputs, but requires external terminals for distribution
of 24V power supply to the devices. The extended MTU, TU838, provides a fuse (3A max.) per two
channels for process power out. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for
connection to the process.
Technical Data

7DEOH $ ','LJLWDO,QSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV

Feature

114

DI810
Digital Input Module

Number of channels

16 (2 x 8), current sink

Rated voltage
(process power supply range)

24V d.c.
(18 to 30V d.c.)

Input voltage range, 1

15 to 30V

Input voltage range, 0

-30 to +5V

Nominal input channel current

6 mA @ 24V d.c.

Input Impedance

3.5 k

Maximum field cable length

600 meters (656 yd.)

Filter times (digital, selectable)

2, 4, 8, 16 ms

Process voltage supervision

2 channels (1 per group)

Current consumption +5V

50 mA

Power dissipation (1)

1.8 W

Isolation

Groupwise isolated from

ground (RIV=50V)

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.10 DI810 Digital Input Module, 24V, Current Sink

7DEOH $ ','LJLWDO,QSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

Feature

DI810
Digital Input Module

Module termination units

TU810, TU812, TU814,

TU830 or TU838

MTU keying code

AA

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC

536; (earth protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529,

(IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

50V

Dielectric test voltage

500V a.c.

Width

45 mm (1.77)

Depth

97 mm (3.8), 106 mm
(4.2) including connector

Height

119 mm (4.7)

Weight

0.15 kg (0.33 lbs.)

(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated at

nominal voltage of 24 Volts.

3BSE 020 924R201

115

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Block Diagram DI810

X2

GROUP 1

BIC

CH 2
.
.
.
CH 8

L1+
I2
.
.
.
L1+
I8

EMCBARRIER
FAULT
RUN
WARNING

MBI-1
ASIC

X1

0V
DAT
DAT-N

RESET

ModuleBus Connector

+5VI
+5V
POWER-OK

24V SUPERVISION

ERROR 1-8

L1-

Process Connector

CH 1

L1+
U1
I1

RS-485
GROUP 2

POS0-9
BLOCK
8
/ CH 9-16
EEPROM

ERROR 9-16

EMCBARRIER

8
/

L2+
L2+
I 9-16

24V SUPERVISION
L2-

EM

116

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.10 DI810 Digital Input Module, 24V, Current Sink

Process Connections

7DEOH $ ',3URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

Process
Connection

TU812
D-Sub 25
Male
Connector (1)

TU830
Terminal

TU838
Terminal

+24V d.c.

L1+ (2)

1, 14

L1+ (2)

L1+ (2)

0V d.c.

L1-

2, 15

L1- (2)

L1- (2)

Ch1/Ch 2, L1+

B1, B2

A1 (F1)

Ch1 Input

C1

C1

B1

Ch 2 Input

B1

16

C2

B2

Ch1/Ch2, L1-

A1

A1, A2

A2

Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+

B3, B4

A3 (F2)

Ch 3 Input

C2

C3

B3

Ch 4 Input

B2

17

C4

B4

Ch 3/Ch 4, L1-

A2

A3, A4

A4

Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+

B5, B6

A5 (F3)

Ch 5 Input

C3

C5

B5

Ch 6 Input

B3

18

C6

B6

Ch 5/Ch 6, L1-

A3

A5, A6

A6

Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+

B7, B8

A7 (F4)

Ch 7 Input

C4

C7

B7

Ch 8 Input

B4

19

C8

B8

Ch 7/Ch8, L1-

A4

A7, A8

A8

Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+

B9, B10

A9 (F5)

Ch 9 Input

C5

C9

B9

3BSE 020 924R201

117

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

7DEOH $ ',3URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

Process
Connection

TU812
D-Sub 25
Male
Connector (1)

TU830
Terminal

TU838
Terminal

Ch 10 Input

B5

20

C10

B10

Ch 9/Ch 10, L2-

A5

A9, A10

A10

Ch 11/Ch 12, L2+

B11, B12

A11 (F6)

Ch 11 Input

C6

C11

B11

Ch 12 Input

B6

21

C12

B12

Ch 11/Ch 12, L2-

A6

A11, A12

A12

Ch 13/Ch 14, L2+

B13, B14

A13 (F7)

Ch 13 Input

C7

C13

B13

Ch 14 Input

B7

22

C14

B14

Ch 13/Ch 14, L2-

A7

A13, A14

A14

Ch 15/ Ch16, L2+

B15, B16

A15 (F8)

Ch 15 Input

C8

10

C15

B15

Ch 16 Input

B8

23

C16

B16

Ch 15/Ch16, L2-

A8

A15, A16

A16

+24V d.c.

L2+ (2)

11, 24

L2+ (2)

L2+ (2)

0V d.c.

L2-

12, 25

L2- (2)

L2- (2)

(1) Pin 13 connected to connector body for EM.

118

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.10 DI810 Digital Input Module, 24V, Current Sink

Figure A-22 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI810 when installed on
an TU830 Extended MTU.

Process

TU830

+24V

6.3 A

L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-

L1+
L1+
L1L1B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2

L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-

B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4

L1+
I3
I4
L1-

L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-

B5,A6
C5
C6
A5,A6

L1+
I5
I6
L1-

L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-

B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10

L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-

L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-

B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12

L2+
I11
I12
L2-

L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-

B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,A16
C15
C16
A15,A16

L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-

+24V

L2+
L2+
L2L2-

0V

DI810

0V

Supervise

Fuse
L1+
I1
I2
L1-

6.3 A

Supervise

Fuse
EM

)LJXUH $ DI810 with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

119

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-23 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI810 when installed on
an TU838 Extended MTU.

Process

TU838

+24V
0V

L1+
L1+
L1L1-

L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-

A1
B1
B2
A2

L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-

A3
B3
B4
A4

L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-

A5
B5
B6
A6

L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-

A7
B7
B8
A8

L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-

A11
B11
B12
A12

L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-

A13
B13
B14
A14
A15
B15
B16
A16

+24V
0V

A9
B9
B10
A10

L2+
L2+
L2L2-

DI810

Supervise
F1

L1+
I1
I2
L1-

F2

L1+
I3
I4
L1-

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

F8

L1+
I5
I6
L1L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2L2+
I11
I12
L2L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2Supervise
EM

)LJXUH $ DI810 with TU838 Extended MTU Process Connections

120

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.10 DI810 Digital Input Module, 24V, Current Sink

Figure A-24 shows the process connections for the DI810 when installed on a TU810 or TU814
Compact MTU.

Process

TU810
(or TU814)
+24V

L1+
L1+
L1-

0V

C1
B1
A1

L1+
I1
I2
L1-

Ch3
Ch4
L1-

C2
B2
A2

L1+
I3
I4
L1-

Ch5
Ch6
L1-

C3
B3
A3

L1+
I5
I6
L1-

Ch7
Ch8
L1-

C4
B4
A4

Ch9
Ch10
L2-

C5
B5
A5

L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-

Ch11
Ch12
L2-

C6
B6
A6

L2+
I11
I12
L2-

Ch13
Ch14
L2-

C7
B7
A7

Ch15
Ch16
L2-

C8
B8
A8

+24V
0V

Supervise

Ch1
Ch2
L1+

DI810

L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-

L2+
L2+
L2-

Supervise
EM

)LJXUH $ DI810 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

121

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-25 shows the process connections for the DI810 when installed on a TU812 Compact
MTU.

TU812

Process
Connection

1 UP1 +24V

14

14 UP1

2 ZP1

15

15 ZP1

3 S1

Ch1

16

16 S2

Ch2

4 S3

Ch3

17

17 S4

Ch4

5 S5

Ch5

18

18 S6

Ch6

6 S7

Ch7

19

19 S8

Ch8

7 S9

Ch9

20

20 S10

Ch10

8 S11

Ch11

21

21 S12

Ch12

9 S13

Ch13

22

22 S14

Ch14

10

10 S15

Ch15

23

23 S16

Ch16

11

11 UP2

+24V

24

24 UP2

12

12 ZP2 0V

25

25 ZP2

13

13 EM

DI810
Supervise

0V

L1+
I1
I2
L1L1+
I3
I4
L1L1+
I5
I6
L1L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2L2+
I11
I12
L2L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2Supervise

EM

)LJXUH $ DI810 with TU812 Compact MTU Process Connections

122

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.11 DI811 Digital Input Module, 48V, Current Sink

A.11 DI811 Digital Input Module, 48V, Current Sink

Features

16 channels for 48V d.c. inputs

2 isolated groups of 8 with voltage supervision
Input status indicators
EMC protection
DIN rail mounting.
Description

The DI811 is a 16 channel 48V digital input module for the S800 I/O.
This module has 16 digital inputs. The input signal voltage range is
36 to 60 volt d.c. and the input current is 4 mA at 48V. The inputs are
divided into two individually isolated groups with eight channels and
one voltage supervision input in each group.
Every input channel consists of current limiting components, EMC
protection components, input state indication LED and optical
isolation barrier.

F
R
W
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

Three LEDs indicate module status Fault (Red), Run (Green) and
Warning (Yellow). One LED (Yellow) per channel (16) indicate input
state (On = 1 and Off = 0). The RUN LED indicates normal operation
and the WARNING LED indicates if any error input is active.
The FAULT LED indicates that the module is in Init state or Not
configured state. In Not Configured state the FAULT LED is turned off after the first valid access to
the module.
The process voltage supervision input gives an error signal if the voltage disappears, and the
Warning LED turns on. The error signal can be read via the ModuleBus.
The reset circuitry gives a reset signal when the module is inserted until the BLOCK signal is
inactive and the POWOK signal is active. The BLOCK signal is deactivated when the module lock
mechanism is in the locked position. The POWOK comes from the FCI after power is applied.

3BSE 020 924R201

123

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

The input channels can be digitally filtered. The different filter times that can be achieved are
2, 4, 8 and 16 ms. This means that noise pulses shorter than the filter time will be filtered out and
pulses longer than 3, 6, 12 and 24 ms will get through the filter.
Five different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 Extended MTU enables three wire
connection to the devices without additional terminals. The TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU has
terminals for 48V process voltage supervision inputs, but requires external terminals for distribution
of 48V power supply to the devices. The extended MTU, TU838, provide a fuse (3A max.) per two
channels for process power out. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for
connection to the process.
Technical Data

7DEOH $ ','LJLWDO,QSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV

Feature

124

DI811
Digital Input Module

Number of channels

16 (2 x 8), current sink

Rated voltage
(process power supply range)

48V d.c.
(36 to 60 V d.c.)

Input signal voltage range, 1

30 to 60 V

Input signal voltage range, 0

-60 to +10 V

Nominal input channel current

4 mA @ 48V d.c.

Input Impedance

11 k

Maximum field cable length

600 meters (656 yd.)

Filter times (digital, selectable)

2, 4, 8, 16 ms

Process voltage supervision

2 channels (1 per group)

Current consumption +5V

50 mA

Power dissipation (1)

2.7 W

Isolation

Groupwise isolated from

ground (RIV=50V)

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.11 DI811 Digital Input Module, 48V, Current Sink

7DEOH $ ','LJLWDO,QSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

Feature

DI811
Digital Input Module

Module termination units

TU810, TU812, TU814,

TU830 or TU838

MTU keying code

BD

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC

536; (earth protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529,

(IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

50V

Dielectric test voltage

500V a.c.

Width

45 mm (1.77)

Depth

97 mm (3.8), 106 mm
(4.2) including connector

Height

119 mm (4.7)

Weight

0.18 kg (0.4 lbs.)

(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated at

nominal voltage of 48 Volts.

3BSE 020 924R201

125

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Block Diagram DI811

X2

GROUP 1

BIC

CH 2
.
.
.
CH 8

L1+
I2
.
.
.
L1+
I8

EMCBARRIER
FAULT
RUN
WARNING

MBI-1
ASIC

X1

0V
DAT
DAT-N

RESET

ModuleBus Connector

+5VI
+5V
POWER-OK

48V SUPERVISION

ERROR 1-8

L1-

Process Connector

CH 1

L1+
U1
I1

RS-485
GROUP 2

POS0-9
BLOCK
8
/ CH 9-16
EEPROM

ERROR 9-16

EMCBARRIER

8
/

L2+
L2+
I 9-16

48V SUPERVISION
L2-

EM

126

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.11 DI811 Digital Input Module, 48V, Current Sink

Process Connections

7DEOH $ ',3URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

Process
Connection

TU812
D-Sub 25
male
Connector (1)

TU830
Terminal

TU838
Terminal

+48V d.c.

L1+ (2)

1, 14

L1+ (2)

L1+ (2)

0V d.c.

L1-

2, 15

L1- (2)

L1- (2)

Ch1/Ch 2, L1+

B1, B2

A1 (F1)

Ch1 Input

C1

C1

B1

Ch 2 Input

B1

16

C2

B2

Ch1/Ch2, L1-

A1

A1, A2

A2

Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+

B3, B4

A3 (F2)

Ch 3 Input

C2

C3

B3

Ch 4 Input

B2

17

C4

B4

Ch 3/Ch 4, L1-

A2

A3, A4

A4

Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+

B5, B6

A5 (F3)

Ch 5 Input

C3

C5

B5

Ch 6 Input

B3

18

C6

B6

Ch 5/Ch 6, L1-

A3

A5, A6

A6

Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+

B7, B8

A7 (F4)

Ch 7 Input

C4

C7

B7

Ch 8 Input

B4

19

C8

B8

Ch 7/Ch8, L1-

A4

A7, A8

A8

Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+

B9, B10

A9 (F5)

Ch 9 Input

C5

C9

B9

3BSE 020 924R201

127

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

7DEOH $ ',3URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

Process
Connection

TU812
D-Sub 25
male
Connector (1)

TU830
Terminal

TU838
Terminal

Ch 10 Input

B5

20

C10

B10

Ch 9/Ch 10, L2-

A5

A9, A10

A10

Ch 11/Ch 12, L2+

B11, B12

A11 (F6)

Ch 11 Input

C6

C11

B11

Ch 12 Input

B6

21

C12

B12

Ch 11/Ch 12, L2-

A6

A11, A12

A12

Ch 13/Ch 14, L2+

B13, B14

A13 (F7)

Ch 13 Input

C7

C13

B13

Ch 14 Input

B7

22

C14

B14

Ch 13/Ch 14, L2-

A7

A13, A14

A14

Ch 15/ Ch16, L2+

B15, B16

A15 (F8)

Ch 15 Input

C8

10

C15

B15

Ch 16 Input

B8

23

C16

B16

Ch 15/Ch16, L2-

A8

A15, A16

A16

+48V d.c.

L2+ (2)

11, 24

L2+ (2)

L2+ (2)

0V d.c.

L2-

12, 25

L2- (2)

L2- (2)

(1) Pin 13 connected to connector body for EM.

128

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.11 DI811 Digital Input Module, 48V, Current Sink

Figure A-26 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI811 when installed on an
TU830 Extended MTU.

Process

TU830

+48V

6.3 A

L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-

L1+
L1+
L1L1B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2

L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-

B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4

L1+
I3
I4
L1-

L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-

B5,A6
C5
C6
A5,A6

L1+
I5
I6
L1-

L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-

B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10

L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-

L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-

B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12

L2+
I11
I12
L2-

L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-

B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,A16
C15
C16
A15,A16

L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-

+48V

L2+
L2+
L2L2-

0V

DI811

0V

Supervise

Fuse
L1+
I1
I2
L1-

6.3 A
Supervise

Fuse
EM

)LJXUH $ DI811 with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

129

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-27 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI811 when installed on an
TU838 Extended MTU.

Process

TU838

+48V
0V

L1+
L1+
L1L1-

L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-

A1
B1
B2
A2

L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-

A3
B3
B4
A4

L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-

A5
B5
B6
A6

L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-

A7
B7
B8
A8

L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-

A11
B11
B12
A12

L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-

A13
B13
B14
A14
A15
B15
B16
A16

+48V
0V

A9
B9
B10
A10

L2+
L2+
L2L2-

DI811

Supervise
F1

L1+
I1
I2
L1-

F2

L1+
I3
I4
L1-

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

F8

L1+
I5
I6
L1L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2L2+
I11
I12
L2L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2Supervise
EM

)LJXUH $ DI811 with TU838 Extended MTU Process Connections

130

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.11 DI811 Digital Input Module, 48V, Current Sink

Figure A-28 shows the process connections for the DI811 when installed on a TU810 or TU814
Compact MTU.

Process

TU810
(or TU814)
+48V

L1+
L1+
L1-

0V

C1
B1
A1

L1+
I1
I2
L1-

Ch3
Ch4
L1-

C2
B2
A2

L1+
I3
I4
L1-

Ch5
Ch6
L1-

C3
B3
A3

L1+
I5
I6
L1-

Ch7
Ch8
L1-

C4
B4
A4

Ch9
Ch10
L2-

C5
B5
A5

L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-

Ch11
Ch12
L2-

C6
B6
A6

L2+
I11
I12
L2-

Ch13
Ch14
L2-

C7
B7
A7

Ch15
Ch16
L2-

C8
B8
A8

+48V
0V

Supervise

Ch1
Ch2
L1+

DI811

L2+
L2+
L2-

L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2Supervise
EM

)LJXUH $ DI811 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

131

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-28 shows the process connections for the DI811 when installed on a TU812 Compact
MTU

TU812

Process
Connection

1 UP1 +24V

14

14 UP1

2 ZP1

15

15 ZP1

3 S1

Ch1

16

16 S2

Ch2

4 S3

Ch3

17

17 S4

Ch4

5 S5

Ch5

18

18 S6

Ch6

6 S7

Ch7

19

19 S8

Ch8

7 S9

Ch9

20

20 S10

Ch10

8 S11

Ch11

21

21 S12

Ch12

9 S13

Ch13

22

22 S14

Ch14

10

10 S15

Ch15

23

23 S16

Ch16

11

11 UP2 +24V

24

24 UP2

12

12 ZP2 0V

25

25 ZP2

13

13 EM

DI811
Supervise

0V

L1+
I1
I2
L1L1+
I3
I4
L1L1+
I5
I6
L1L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2L2+
I11
I12
L2L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2Supervise
EM

)LJXUH $ ',ZLWK78

132

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.12 DI814 Digital Input Module, 24V, Current Source

A.12 DI814 Digital Input Module, 24V, Current Source

Features

16 channels for 24V d.c. inputs with current source

2 Isolated groups of 8 with voltage supervision
Input status indicators
EMC protection
DIN rail mounting.

Description
The DI814 is a 16 channel 24V digital input module with current
source for the S800 I/O. The input voltage range is 18 to 30 volt dc and
the input current source is 6 mA at 24V. The inputs are divided into
two individually isolated groups with eight channels and one voltage
supervision input in each group.
Every input channel consists of current limiting components, EMC
protection components, input state indication LED and optical
isolation barrier.

F
R
W
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

Three LEDs indicate module status Fault (Red), Run (Green) and
Warning (Yellow). One LED (Yellow) per channel (16) indicate input
state (On = 1 and Off = 0). The RUN LED indicates normal operation
and the WARNING LED indicates if any error input is active.
The FAULT LED indicates that the module is in Init state or Not
configured state. In Not Configured state the FAULT LED is turned off
after the first valid access to the module.
The process voltage supervision input gives an error signal if the voltage disappears, and the
Warning LED turns on. The error signal can be read via the ModuleBus.
The reset circuitry gives a reset signal when the module is inserted until the BLOCK signal is
inactive and the POWOK signal is active. The BLOCK signal is deactivated when the module lock
mechanism is in the locked position. The POWOK comes from the FCI after power is applied.

3BSE 020 924R201

133

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

The input channels can be digitally filtered. The different filter times that can be achieved are
2, 4, 8 and 16 ms. This means that noise pulses shorter than the filter time will be filtered out and
pulses longer than 3, 6, 12 and 24 ms will get through the filter.
Five different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 Extended MTU enables three wire
connection to the devices without additional terminals. The TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU has
terminals for 24V process voltage supervision inputs, but requires external terminals for distribution
of 24V power supply to the devices. The extended MTU, TU838, provide a fuse (3A max.) per two
channels for process power out. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for
connection to the process.
Technical Data

7DEOH $ ','LJLWDO,QSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV

Feature

134

DI814
Digital Input Module

Number of channels

16 (2 x 8), current source

Rated voltage
(process power supply range)

24V d.c.
(18 to 30V d.c.)

Input voltage range, 1

15 to 30 V

Input voltage range, 0

-30 to +5 V

Nominal input channel current

6 mA @ 24V d.c.

Input Impedance

3.5 k

Maximum Field Cable Length

600 meters (656 yd.)

Filter times (digital, selectable)

2, 4, 8, 16 ms

Process voltage supervision

2 channels (1 per group)

Current consumption +5V

50 mA

Power dissipation(1)

1.8 W

Isolation

Groupwise isolated from

ground (RIV=50V)

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.12 DI814 Digital Input Module, 24V, Current Source

7DEOH $ ','LJLWDO,QSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

Feature

DI814
Digital Input Module

Module termination units

TU810, TU812, TU814,

TU830 or TU838

MTU keying code

BE

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC

536; (earth protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529,

(IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

50V

Dielectric test voltage

500V a.c.

Width

45 mm (1.77)

Depth

97 mm (3.8), 106 mm
(4.2) including connector

Height

119 mm (4.7)

Weight

0.15 kg (0.33 lbs.)

(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated at

nominal voltage of 24 Volts.

3BSE 020 924R201

135

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Block Diagram DI814

BIC

X2

GROUP 1
UP1
U1

EMCBARRIER
CH 1

FAULT

I1
U2

RUN
WARNING

MBI-1

X1

ASIC

I8
24V SUPERVISION

ERROR 1-8

ZP1

DAT+
DAT-

RS-485

Process Connector

Modulebus Connector

POWER-OK
0V

RESET

+5VI
+5V

I2
.
.
.
U18

CH 2
.
.
.
CH 8

CLK+
RS-485

CLKPOS0-6
BLOCK

EEPROM

GROUP 2
UP2
U9-16

EMCBARRIER
8 CH 9-16
/
ERROR 9-16

8
/

I 9-16

24V SUPERVISION
ZP2

EM

136

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.12 DI814 Digital Input Module, 24V, Current Source

Process Connections

7DEOH $ ',3URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

Process
Connection

TU812
D-Sub 25
male
Connector (1)

TU830
Terminal

TU838
Terminal

+24V d.c.

L1+ (2)

1, 14

L1+ (2)

L1+ (2)

0V d.c.

L1-

2, 15

L1- (2)

L1- (2)

Ch1/Ch 2, L1+

B1, B2

A1 (F1)

Ch1 Input

C1

C1

B1

Ch 2 Input

B1

16

C2

B2

Ch1/Ch2, L1-

A1

A1, A2

A2

Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+

B3, B4

A3 (F2)

Ch 3 Input

C2

C3

B3

Ch 4 Input

B2

17

C4

B4

Ch 3/Ch 4, L1-

A2

A3, A4

A4

Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+

B5, B6

A5 (F3)

Ch 5 Input

C3

C5

B5

Ch 6 Input

B3

18

C6

B6

Ch 5/Ch 6, L1-

A3

A5, A6

A6

Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+

B7, B8

A7 (F4)

Ch 7 Input

C4

C7

B7

Ch 8 Input

B4

19

C8

B8

Ch 7/Ch8, L1-

A4

A7, A8

A8

Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+

B9, B10

A9 (F5)

Ch 9 Input

C5

C9

B9

3BSE 020 924R201

137

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

7DEOH $ ',3URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

Process
Connection

TU812
D-Sub 25
male
Connector (1)

TU830
Terminal

TU838
Terminal

Ch 10 Input

B5

20

C10

B10

Ch 9/Ch 10, L2-

A5

A9, A10

A10

Ch 11/Ch 12, L2+

B11, B12

A11 (F6)

Ch 11 Input

C6

C11

B11

Ch 12 Input

B6

21

C12

B12

Ch 11/Ch 12, L2-

A6

A11, A12

A12

Ch 13/Ch 14, L2+

B13, B14

A13 (F7)

Ch 13 Input

C7

C13

B13

Ch 14 Input

B7

22

C14

B14

Ch 13/Ch 14, L2-

A7

A13, A14

A14

Ch 15/ Ch16, L2+

B15, B16

A15 (F8)

Ch 15 Input

C8

10

C15

B15

Ch 16 Input

B8

23

C16

B16

Ch 15/Ch16, L2-

A8

A15, A16

A16

+24V d.c.

L2+ (2)

11, 24

L2+ (2)

L2+ (2)

0V d.c.

L2-

12, 25

L2- (2)

L2- (2)

(1) Pin 13 connected to connector body for EM.

138

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.12 DI814 Digital Input Module, 24V, Current Source

Figure A-30 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI814 (current sourcing)
when installed on an TU830 Extended MTU.

Process

TU830

+24V
0V

L1+
L1+
L1L1-

DI814

6.3 A
Supervise

Fuse

L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-

B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2

L1+
I1
I2
L1-

L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-

B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4

L1+
I3
I4
L1-

L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-

B5,A6
C5
C6
A5,A6

L1+
I5
I6
L1-

L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-

B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10

L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-

L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-

B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12

L2+
I11
I12
L2-

L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-

B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,A16
C15
C16
A15,A16

L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-

+24V

L2+
L2+
L2L2-

0V

6.3 A
Supervise

Fuse
EM

)LJXUH $ DI814 with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

139

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-31 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI814 (current sourcing)
when installed on an TU838 Extended MTU.

Process

TU838

+24V
0V

L1+
L1+
L1L1-

L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-

A1
B1
B2
A2

L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-

A3
B3
B4
A4

L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-

A5
B5
B6
A6

L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-

A7
B7
B8
A8

L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-

A11
B11
B12
A12

L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-

A13
B13
B14
A14
A15
B15
B16
A16

+24V
0V

A9
B9
B10
A10

L2+
L2+
L2L2-

DI814

Supervise
F1

L1+
I1
I2
L1-

F2

L1+
I3
I4
L1-

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

F8

L1+
I5
I6
L1L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2L2+
I11
I12
L2L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2Supervise
EM

)LJXUH $ DI814 with TU838 Extended MTU Process Connections

140

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.12 DI814 Digital Input Module, 24V, Current Source

Figure A-32 shows the process connections for the DI814 when installed on a TU810 or TU814
Compact MTU.

Process

TU810
(or TU814)
+24V

L1+
L1+
L1-

0V

C1
B1
A1

L1+
I1
I2
L1-

Ch3
Ch4
L1-

C2
B2
A2

L1+
I3
I4
L1-

Ch5
Ch6
L1-

C3
B3
A3

L1+
I5
I6
L1-

Ch7
Ch8
L1-

C4
B4
A4

Ch9
Ch10
L2-

C5
B5
A5

L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-

Ch11
Ch12
L2-

C6
B6
A6

L2+
I11
I12
L2-

Ch13
Ch14
L2-

C7
B7
A7

Ch15
Ch16
L2-

C8
B8
A8

+24V
0V

Supervise

Ch1
Ch2
L1-

DI814

L2+
L2+
L2-

L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2Supervise
EM

)LJXUH $ DI814 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

141

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-33 shows the process connections for the DI814 when installed on a TU812 Compact
MTU.

TU812

Process
Connection

1 UP1 +24V

14

14 UP1

2 ZP1

15

15 ZP1

3 S1

Ch1

16

16 S2

Ch2

4 S3

Ch3

17

17 S4

Ch4

5 S5

Ch5

18

18 S6

Ch6

6 S7

Ch7

19

19 S8

Ch8

7 S9

Ch9

20

20 S10

Ch10

8 S11

Ch11

21

21 S12

Ch12

9 S13

Ch13

22

22 S14

Ch14

10

10 S15

Ch15

23

23 S16

Ch16

11

11 UP2 +24V

24

24 UP2

12

12 ZP2 0V

25

25 ZP2

13

13 EM

DI814
Supervise

0V

L1+
I1
I2
L1L1+
I3
I4
L1L1+
I5
I6
L1L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2L2+
I11
I12
L2L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2Supervise
EM

)LJXUH $ DI814 with TU812 Compact MTU Process Connections

142

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.13 DI820 Digital Input Module, 120V a.c./d.c

A.13 DI820 Digital Input Module, 120V a.c./d.c

Features
8 channels for 120V a.c./d.c. inputs
Individually isolated channels
Voltage supervision of field input power
Input status indicators
Signal filtering

F
R
W
1
2

EMC protection
DIN rail mounting.

Description

The DI820 is an 8 channel 120V a.c./d.c. digital input module for the
S800 I/O. This module has 8 digital inputs. The a.c. input voltage
range is 77 - 130 volt and the input current is 10 mA at 120V a.c.
The d.c. input range is 75 - 145V and the input current is 2.8 mA at
110V. The inputs are individually isolated.

5
6
7
8

Every input channel consists of current limiting components, EMC

protection components, input state indication LED, optical isolation
barrier and an analog filter (6 ms).

DI820
120V a.c.

Three LEDs indicate module status Fault (Red), Run (Green) and
Warning (Yellow). One LED (Yellow) per channel (8) indicate input
state (On = 1 and Off = 0). The RUN LED indicates normal operation
and the WARNING LED indicates if any error input is active. The FAULT LED indicates that the
module is in Init state or Not configured state. In Not Configured state the FAULT LED is turned off
after the first valid access to the module.
Channel 1 can be used as voltage supervision input for channels 2 - 4, and channel 8 can be used as
voltage supervision input for channels 5 - 7.
If the voltage connected to channel 1 or 8 disappears, the error inputs are activated and the Warning
LED turns on. The error signal can be read from the ModuleBus. This supervision can be enabled/
disabled with a parameter. If the error inputs are disabled channel 1 and 8 can be used as normal
input channels.

3BSE 020 924R201

143

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

The reset circuitry gives a reset signal when the module is inserted until the BLOCK signal is
inactive and the POWOK signal is active. The BLOCK signal is deactivated when the module lock
mechanism is in the locked position. The POWOK comes from the FCI after power is applied.
The input channels can be digitally filtered. The different filter times that can be achieved are
2, 4, 8 and 16 ms. This means that noise pulses shorter than the filter time will be filtered out and
pulses longer than 3, 6, 12 and 24 ms will get through the filter.
Two different types of MTUs can be used, TU831 Extended MTU and TU811 Compact MTU both
have two terminals per channel.
Technical Data

7DEOH $ ','LJLWDO,QSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV

DI820
Digital Input Module

Feature
Number of channels

Rated voltage
(process power supply range)

120V a.c.
(77 to 130V a.c.)
110V d.c.
(75 to 145V d.c.)

144

Input voltage range, 1

77 to 130V
+75 to 145V d.c.

Input voltage range, 0

0 to 30V a.c.
+0 to 20Vd.c.

Nominal input channel current

10 mA ac @ 120V a.c.
2.8 mA dc @110V d.c.

Input frequency range a.c.

4765 Hz

Impedance

12 k (a.c.)
39 K (d.c.)

Maximum Field Cable Length

200 meters (219 yd.)

100pF/m. Valid only for a.c.

Filter times (digital, selectable)

3, 6, 12, 24 ms

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.13 DI820 Digital Input Module, 120V a.c./d.c

7DEOH $ ','LJLWDO,QSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

Feature

DI820
Digital Input Module

Analog filter On/Off delay

5/18 ms

Process voltage supervision

2 channels, 1 and 8

Current consumption +5V

50 mA

Power dissipation(1)

2.8 W

Isolation

Individually isolated
channels (RIV=250V)

Module termination units

TU811 or TU831

MTU keying code

AB

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC

536; (earth protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529,

(IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

250V

Dielectric test voltage

2000V a.c.

Width

45 mm (1.77)

Depth

97 mm (3.8), 106 mm
(4.2) including connector

Height

119 mm (4.7)

Weight

0.18 kg (0.4 lbs.)

(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated.

3BSE 020 924R201

145

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Block Diagram DI820

BIC

X2

INPUT CHANNELS
FAULT
Rectifiers and
filters

RUN
WARNING

I 1.1
I 1.2

CH 1
E2-4
X1

I 2.1
I 2.2

CH 3

I 3.1
I 3.2

CH 4

I 4.1
I 4.2

CH 5

I 5.1
I 5.2

CH 6

I 6.1
I 6.2

CH 7

I 7.1
I 7.2

CH 8

I 8.1
I 8.2

MBI-1
ASIC

RS-485

CLK+
RS-485

CLKPOS0-6
BLOCK

Process Connector

ModuleBus Connector

0V
DAT+
DAT-

RESET

+5VI
+5V
POWER-OK

CH 2

EEPROM
E5-7

146

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.13 DI820 Digital Input Module, 120V a.c./d.c

Process Connections

7DEOH $ ',3URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV

Process
Connection

3BSE 020 924R201

TU811
Terminal

TU831
Terminal

Ch 1.1 Input

B1

B1

Ch 1.2 Input

A1

A1

Ch 2.1 Input

C2

B2

Ch 2.2 Input

A2

A2

Ch 3.1 Input

B3

B3

Ch 3.2 Input

A3

A3

Ch 4.1 Input

C4

B4

Ch 4.2 Input

A4

A4

Ch 5.1 Input

B5

B5

Ch 5.2 Input

A5

A5

Ch 6.1 Input

C6

B6

Ch 6.2 Input

A6

A6

Ch 7.1 Input

B7

B7

Ch 7.2 Input

A7

A7

Ch 8.1 Input

C8

B8

Ch 8.2 Input

A8

A8

147

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-34 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI820 when installed on
an TU831 Extended MTU.

Process

TU831

DI820

120V a.c.
or 110V d.c.

120V a.c.
or 110V d.c.

Ch1.1
Ch1.2

B1
A1

I 1.1
I 1.2

Ch2.1
Ch2.2

B2
A2

I 2.1
I 2.2

Ch3.1
Ch3.2

B3
A3

I 3.1
I 3.2

Ch4.1
Ch4.2

B4
A4

I 4.1
I 4.2

Ch5.1
Ch5.2

B5
A5

I 5.1
I 5.2

Ch6.1
Ch6.2

B6
A6

I 6.1
I 6.2

Ch7.1
Ch7.2

B7
A7

I 7.1
I 7.2

Ch8.1
Ch8.2

B8
A8

I 8.1
I 8.2

EM

)LJXUH $ DI820 with TU831 Extended MTU Process Connections

148

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.13 DI820 Digital Input Module, 120V a.c./d.c

Figure A-35 shows the process connections for the DI820 when installed on a TU811 Compact
MTU.

Process

TU811

DI820

120V a.c.
or 110V d.c.

120V a.c.
or 110V d.c.

Ch1.1
Ch1.2

B1
A1

I 1.1
I 1.2

Ch2.1
Ch2.2

C2
A2

I 2.1
I 2.2

Ch3.1
Ch3.2

B3
A3

I 3.1
I 3.2

Ch4.1
Ch4.2

C4
A4

I 4.1
I 4.2

Ch5.1
Ch5.2

B5
A5

I 5.1
I 5.2

Ch6.1
Ch6.2

C6
A6

I 6.1
I 6.2

Ch7.1
Ch7.2

B7
A7

I 7.1
I 7.2

Ch8.1
Ch8.2

C8
A8

I 8.1
I 8.2

EM

)LJXUH $ DI820 with TU811 Compact MTU Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

149

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

A.14 DI821 Digital Input Module, 230V a.c./d.c.

Features

8 channels for 230V a.c./d.c. inputs

Individually isolated points
Voltage supervision of field input power

F
R
W

Input status indicators

Signal filtering

EMC protection

DIN rail mounting.

Description

The DI821 is an 8 channel 230V a.c./d.c. digital input module for the
S800 I/O. This module has 8 digital inputs. The ac input voltage range
is 164 to 264 volt and the input current is 11 mA at 230V a.c. The d.c.
input voltage range is 175 to 275 volt and the input current is 1.6 mA at
220V d.c. The inputs are individually isolated.
Every input channel consists of current limiting components, EMC
protection components, input state indication LED, optical isolation
barrier and an analog filter (6 ms).

4
5
6
7
8

DI821
230V a.c.

Three LEDs indicate module status Fault (Red), Run (Green) and
Warning (Yellow). One LED (Yellow) per channel (8) indicate input state (On = 1 and Off = 0).
The RUN LED indicates normal operation and the WARNING LED indicates if any error input is
active. The FAULT LED indicates that the module is in Init state or Not configured state. In Not
Configured state the FAULT LED is turned off after the first valid access to the module.
Channel 1 can be used as voltage supervision input for channels 2 - 4, and channel 8 can be used as
voltage supervision input for channels 5 - 7.
If the voltage connected to channel 1 or 8 disappears, the error inputs are activated and the Warning
LED turns on. The error signal can be read from the ModuleBus. This supervision can be
enabled/disabled with the a parameter. If the error inputs are disabled channel 1 and 8 can be used as
normal input channels.

150

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.14 DI821 Digital Input Module, 230V a.c./d.c.

The reset circuitry gives a reset signal when the module is inserted until the BLOCK signal is
inactive and the POWOK signal is active. The BLOCK signal is deactivated when the module lock
mechanism is in the locked position. The POWOK comes from the FCI after power is applied.
The input channels can be digitally filtered. The different filter times that can be achieved are
2, 4, 8 and 16 ms. This means that noise pulses shorter than the filter time will be filtered out and
pulses longer than 3, 6, 12 and 24 ms will get through the filter.
Two different types of MTUs can be used, TU831 Extended MTU and TU811 Compact MTU both
have two terminals per channel.
Technical Data

7DEOH $ ','LJLWDO,QSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV

DI821
Digital Input Module

Feature
Number of channels

Rated voltage
(process power supply range)

230V a.c.
(164 to 264V a.c.)
220V d.c.
(175 to 275V d.c.)

3BSE 020 924R201

Input voltage range, 1

164 to 264 V a.c.

+175 to 275V d.c.

Input voltage range, 0

0 to 50V a.c.
+0 to 40V d.c.

Nominal input channel current

11 mA @ 230V a.c.
1.6mA @ 220V d.c.

Input frequency range, a.c.

4763 Hz

Impedance

21 k (a.c.)
134 K (d.c.)

Maximum field cable length

200 meters (219 yd.)

100pF/m

Filter times (digital, selectable)

2, 4, 8, 16 ms

151

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

7DEOH $ ','LJLWDO,QSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

Feature

DI821
Digital Input Module

Analog filter On/Off delay

5/28 ms

Process voltage supervision

2 channels, 1 and 8

Current consumption +5V

50 mA

Power dissipation(1)

2.8 W

Isolation

Individually isolated
channels (RIV=250V)

Module termination units

TU811 or TU831

MTU keying code

AC

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC

536; (earth protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529,

(IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

250V

Dielectric test voltage

2000V a.c.

Width

45 mm (1.77)

Depth

97 mm (3.8), 106 mm
(4.2) including connector

Height

119 mm (4.7)

Weight

0.18 kg (0.4 lbs.)

(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated.

152

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.14 DI821 Digital Input Module, 230V a.c./d.c.

Block Diagram DI821

BIC

X2

INPUT CHANNELS
FAULT
Rectifiers and
filters

RUN
WARNING

I 1.1
I 1.2

CH 1
E2-4
X1

I 2.1
I 2.2

CH 3

I 3.1
I 3.2

CH 4

I 4.1
I 4.2

CH 5

I 5.1
I 5.2

CH 6

I 6.1
I 6.2

CH 7

I 7.1
I 7.2

CH 8

I 8.1
I 8.2

MBI-1
ASIC

RS-485

CLK+
RS-485

CLKPOS0-6
BLOCK

EEPROM
E5-7

3BSE 020 924R201

Process Connector

ModuleBus Connector

0V
DAT+
DAT-

RESET

+5VI
+5V
POWER-OK

CH 2

153

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Process Connections

7DEOH $ ',3URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV

Process
Connection

154

TU811
Terminal

TU831
Terminal

Ch 1.1 Input

B1

B1

Ch 1.2 Input

A1

A1

Ch 2.1 Input

C2

B2

Ch 2.2 Input

A2

A2

Ch 3.1 Input

B3

B3

Ch 3.2 Input

A3

A3

Ch 4.1 Input

C4

B4

Ch 4.2 Input

A4

A4

Ch 5.1 Input

B5

B5

Ch 5.2 Input

A5

A5

Ch 6.1 Input

C6

B6

Ch 6.2 Input

A6

A6

Ch 7.1 Input

B7

B7

Ch 7.2 Input

A7

A7

Ch 8.1 Input

C8

B8

Ch 8.2 Input

A8

A8

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.14 DI821 Digital Input Module, 230V a.c./d.c.

Figure A-36 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI821 when installed on a
TU831 Extended MTU.

Process

TU831

DI821

230V a.c.
or 220V d.c.

230V a.c.
or 220V d.c.

Ch1.1
Ch1.2

B1
A1

I 1.1
I 1.2

Ch2.1
Ch2.2

B2
A2

I 2.1
I 2.2

Ch3.1
Ch3.2

B3
A3

I 3.1
I 3.2

Ch4.1
Ch4.2

B4
A4

I 4.1
I 4.2

Ch5.1
Ch5.2

B5
A5

I 5.1
I 5.2

Ch6.1
Ch6.2

B6
A6

I 6.1
I 6.2

Ch7.1
Ch7.2

B7
A7

I 7.1
I 7.2

Ch8.1
Ch8.2

B8
A8

I 8.1
I 8.2

EM

)LJXUH $ DI821 with TU831 Extended MTU Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

155

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-37 shows the process connections for the DI821 when installed on a TU811 Compact
MTU.

Process

TU811

DI821

230V a.c.
or 220V d.c.

230V a.c.
or 220V d.c.

Ch1.1
Ch1.2

B1
A1

I 1.1
I 1.2

Ch2.1
Ch2.2

C2
A2

I 2.1
I 2.2

Ch3.1
Ch3.2

B3
A3

I 3.1
I 3.2

Ch4.1
Ch4.2

C4
A4

I 4.1
I 4.2

Ch5.1
Ch5.2

B5
A5

I 5.1
I 5.2

Ch6.1
Ch6.2

C6
A6

I 6.1
I 6.2

Ch7.1
Ch7.2

B7
A7

I 7.1
I 7.2

Ch8.1
Ch8.2

C8
A8

I 8.1
I 8.2

EM

)LJXUH $ DI821 with TU811 Compact MTU Process Connections

156

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.15 DI830 Digital Input Module, 24V d.c. with SOE, Current Sink

A.15 DI830 Digital Input Module, 24V d.c. with SOE, Current Sink
Features

16 channels for 24V d.c. inputs

2 isolated groups of 8 channels with voltage supervision
Input status indicators
Sequence of event (SOE) functionality
Shutter filter
EMC protection
DIN rail mounting.

Description
The DI830 is a 16 channel 24V d.c. digital input module for the
S800 I/O. The input voltage range is 18 to 30Vd.c. and the input
current is 6 mA at 24V d.c.
Each input channel consists of current limiting components, EMC
protection components, input state indication LED and optical
isolation barrier.

F
R
W
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

DI830
Three LEDs indicate module status Fault (Red), Run (Green) and
24V, SOE
Warning (Yellow). One LED (Yellow) per channel (16) indicate input
state (On = 1 and Off = 0). The RUN LED indicates normal operation
and the WARNING LED indicates if any error input is active. The FAULT LED indicates that the
module is in the Init state, Error state or Not Configured state. In Not Configured state the FAULT
LED is turned off after the first valid master frame to the module.

The process voltage supervision input gives an error signal if the voltage disappears, and the
Warning LED turns on. The error signal can be read via the Modulebus.
The reset circuitry gives a reset signal when the module is inserted until the BLOCK signal is
inactive and the POWOK signal is active. The BLOCK signal is deactivated when the module lock
mechanism is in the locked position. The POWOK comes from the FCI after power is applied.

3BSE 020 924R201

157

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

The input signals can be digitally filtered. The filter is selectable from 0 to 100 ms. This means that
pulses shorter than the filter time will be filtered out and pulses longer than specified will get
through the filter.
Five different types of MTUs can be used. The Extended MTU (for example TU830) enables three
wire connection to the transducers without additional terminals. The Compact MTU (for example
TU810 or TU 814) has terminals for process voltage supervision inputs, but requires external
terminals for distribution of process power supply to the transducers. The extended MTU, TU838,
provide a fuse (3A max.) per two channels for process power out. The TU812 Compact MTU has a
D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process.
Modes
Event Recording

The DI830 Input Module can be used for event recording (SOE), that is, changing signals at digital
input channels can be announced together with a time stamp indicating when it occurred. The time
stamp has a resolution of 0.4 millisecond, and is compensated for the filter time.
The module has intermediate storage for 32 events.
The SOE functionality can be switched on and off per channel.
For all channels with enabled SOE capability, a shutter filter is implemented that prevents
intermediate storage for events from overflow. The shutter filter is closed as soon as the number of
events generated within the shutter period (0-255 seconds) exceeds the shutter trigger number
(0-255 changes). The shutter filter remains closed as long as the recovery time (0-65535 seconds)
has not expired.
Simple Digital Input

If no event recording is used, the DI830 acts like a simple digital input device.

158

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.15 DI830 Digital Input Module, 24V d.c. with SOE, Current Sink

Technical Data

7DEOH $ ','LJLWDO,QSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV

Feature

3BSE 020 924R201

DI830
Digital Input Module

Number of channels

16 (2 x 8), current sink

Rated voltage
(Process power supply range)

24 V d.c.
(18 to 30V d.c.)

Input voltage range, 1

15 to 30V

Input voltage range, 0

-30 to +5V

Nominal input channel current

6 mA @ 24V d.c.

Input impedance

4.2 k

Maximum field cable length

600 m (656 yd.)

Filter times (digital, selectable)

0 to 100 ms

Shutter filter
Shutter period
Shutter trigger
Recovery time

0... 255 s
0... 255 changes
0... 65535 s

Event recording resolution

0.4 ms

Process voltage supervision

2 channels (1 per group)

Current consumption +5V

120 mA (max.)
100 mA (typ.)

Power dissipation(1)

2.3 W

Isolation

Yes, opto

Mounting termination units

TU810, TU812, TU814,

TU830 or TU838

MTU keying code

AA

Event recording accuracy

-0.3 ms to +0.7 ms

159

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

7DEOH $ ','LJLWDO,QSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

Feature

DI830
Digital Input Module

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC

536; (earth protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529,

(IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

50V

Dielectric test voltage

500V a.c.

Width

45 mm (1.77)

Depth

97 mm (3.8), 106 mm
(4.2) including connector

Height

119 mm (4.7)

Weight

0.22 kg (0.48 lbs.)

(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated at

nominal voltage of 24 Volt.

160

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.15 DI830 Digital Input Module, 24V d.c. with SOE, Current Sink

Block Diagram DI830

MODULEBUS INTERFACE

COMPUTER

GROUP 1

X2
EMCBARRIER

CH 1

FAULT

WARNING

CH 2
.
.
.

RWM

MBI-2
ASIC

POWER-OK
Modulebus Connector

0V

RESET

+5VI
+5V

DATA

CH 8
ADDRESS

CPU

68HC12

ERROR
1-8

ZP1

DAT+
DAT-

RS-485
EEPROM

CLK+
CLK-

GROUP 2

RS-485

POS0-6

FPROM

BLOCK

8
/

CH
9-16

3BSE 020 924R201

PROGR

MODE

X3

EMCBARRIER
8
/

UP2
U9-16
I 9-16
24V
SUPERVISION
ZP2

ERROR
9-16
3

Process Connector

U2
I2
.
.
.
U8
I8
24V
SUPERVISION

RUN
X1

UP1
U1
I1

EM

BDM

161

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Process Connections

7DEOH $ ',3URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

Process
Connection

162

TU812
D-Sub 25
Male
Connector (1)

TU830
Terminal

TU838
Terminal

+24V d.c.

L1+ (2)

1, 14

L1+ (2)

L1+ (2)

0V d.c.

L1-

2, 15

L1- (2)

L1- (2)

Ch1/Ch 2, L1+

B1, B2

A1 (F1)

Ch1 Input

C1

C1

B1

Ch 2 Input

B1

16

C2

B2

Ch1/Ch2, L1-

A1

A1, A2

A2

Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+

B3, B4

A3 (F2)

Ch 3 Input

C2

C3

B3

Ch 4 Input

B2

17

C4

B4

Ch 3/Ch 4, L1-

A2

A3, A4

A4

Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+

B5, B6

A5 (F3)

Ch 5 Input

C3

C5

B5

Ch 6 Input

B3

18

C6

B6

Ch 5/Ch 6, L1-

A3

A5, A6

A6

Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+

B7, B8

A7 (F4)

Ch 7 Input

C4

C7

B7

Ch 8 Input

B4

19

C8

B8

Ch 7/Ch8, L1-

A4

A7, A8

A8

Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+

B9, B10

A9 (F5)

Ch 9 Input

C5

C9

B9

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.15 DI830 Digital Input Module, 24V d.c. with SOE, Current Sink

7DEOH $ ',3URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

Process
Connection

TU812
D-Sub 25
Male
Connector (1)

TU830
Terminal

TU838
Terminal

Ch 10 Input

B5

20

C10

B10

Ch 9/Ch 10, L2-

A5

A9, A10

A10

Ch 11/Ch 12, L2+

B11, B12

A11 (F6)

Ch 11 Input

C6

C11

B11

Ch 12 Input

B6

21

C12

B12

Ch 11/Ch 12, L2-

A6

A11, A12

A12

Ch 13/Ch 14, L2+

B13, B14

A13 (F7)

Ch 13 Input

C7

C13

B13

Ch 14 Input

B7

22

C14

B14

Ch 13/Ch 14, L2-

A7

A13, A14

A14

Ch 15/ Ch16, L2+

B15, B16

A15 (F8)

Ch 15 Input

C8

10

C15

B15

Ch 16 Input

B8

23

C16

B16

Ch 15/Ch16, L2-

A8

A15, A16

A16

+24V d.c.

L2+ (2)

11, 24

L2+ (2)

L2+ (2)

0V d.c.

L2-

12, 25

L2- (2)

L2- (2)

(1) Pin 13 connected to connector body for EM.

3BSE 020 924R201

163

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-38 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI830 when installed on
an TU830 Extended MTU.

Process

TU830

+24V

6.3 A

L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-

L1+
L1+
L1L1B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2

L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-

B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4

L1+
I3
I4
L1-

L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-

B5,A6
C5
C6
A5,A6

L1+
I5
I6
L1-

L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-

B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10

L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-

L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-

B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12

L2+
I11
I12
L2-

L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-

B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,A16
C15
C16
A15,A16

L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-

+24V

L2+
L2+
L2L2-

0V

DI830

0V

Supervise

Fuse
L1+
I1
I2
L1-

6.3 A

Supervise

Fuse
EM

)LJXUH $ DI830 with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections

164

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.15 DI830 Digital Input Module, 24V d.c. with SOE, Current Sink

Figure A-39 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI830 when installed on
an TU838 Extended MTU.

Process

TU838

+24V
0V

L1+
L1+
L1L1-

L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-

A1
B1
B2
A2

L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-

A3
B3
B4
A4

L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-

A5
B5
B6
A6

L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-

A7
B7
B8
A8

L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-

A11
B11
B12
A12

L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-

A13
B13
B14
A14
A15
B15
B16
A16

+24V
0V

A9
B9
B10
A10

L2+
L2+
L2L2-

DI830

Supervise
F1

L1+
I1
I2
L1-

F2

L1+
I3
I4
L1-

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

F8

L1+
I5
I6
L1L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2L2+
I11
I12
L2L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2Supervise
EM

)LJXUH $ DI830 with TU838 Extended MTU Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

165

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-40 shows the process connections for the DI830 when installed on a TU810 or TU814
Compact MTU.

Process

TU810
(or TU814)
+24V

L1+
L1+
L1-

0V

C1
B1
A1

L1+
I1
I2
L1-

Ch3
Ch4
L1-

C2
B2
A2

L1+
I3
I4
L1-

Ch5
Ch6
L1-

C3
B3
A3

L1+
I5
I6
L1-

Ch7
Ch8
L1-

C4
B4
A4

Ch9
Ch10
L2-

C5
B5
A5

L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-

Ch11
Ch12
L2-

C6
B6
A6

L2+
I11
I12
L2-

Ch13
Ch14
L2-

C7
B7
A7

Ch15
Ch16
L2-

C8
B8
A8

+24V
0V

Supervise

Ch1
Ch2
L1+

DI830

L2+
L2+
L2-

L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2Supervise
EM

)LJXUH $ DI830 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections

166

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.15 DI830 Digital Input Module, 24V d.c. with SOE, Current Sink

Figure A-41 shows the process connections for the DI830 when installed on a TU812 Compact
MTU.

TU812

Process
Connection

1 UP1 +24V

14

14 UP1

2 ZP1

15

15 ZP1

3 S1

Ch1

16

16 S2

Ch2

4 S3

Ch3

17

17 S4

Ch4

5 S5

Ch5

18

18 S6

Ch6

6 S7

Ch7

19

19 S8

Ch8

7 S9

Ch9

20

20 S10

Ch10

8 S11

Ch11

21

21 S12

Ch12

9 S13

Ch13

22

22 S14

Ch14

10

10 S15

Ch15

23

23 S16

Ch16

11

11 UP2

+24V

24

24 UP2

12

12 ZP2 0V

25

25 ZP2

13

13 EM

DI830
Supervise

0V

L1+
I1
I2
L1L1+
I3
I4
L1L1+
I5
I6
L1L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2L2+
I11
I12
L2L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2Supervise

EM

)LJXUH $ DI830 with TU812 Compact MTU Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

167

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

A.16 DI831 Digital Input Module, 48V d.c. with SOE, Current Sink
Features

16 channels for 48V d.c. inputs

2 isolated groups of 8 channels with voltage supervision
Input status indicators
Sequence of event (SOE) functionality
Shutter filter
EMC protection

F
R
W
1
2
3
4

DIN rail mounting.

5
6
7
8

Description

9
10

The DI831 is a 16 channel 48V d.c. digital input module for the S800
I/O. The input voltage range is 36 to 60Vd.c. and the input current is
4 mA at 48V d.c.).

11
12
13
14
15
16

Each input channel consists of current limiting components, EMC

protection components, input state indication LED and optical
isolation barrier.

DI831

48V, SOE
Three LEDs indicate module status Fault (Red), Run (Green) and
Warning (Yellow). One LED (Yellow) per channel (16) indicate input
state (On = 1 and Off = 0). The RUN LED indicates normal operation
and the WARNING LED indicates if any error input is active. The FAULT LED indicates that the
module is in the Init state, Error state or Not Configured state. In Not Configured state the FAULT
LED is turned off after the first valid master frame to the module.

The process voltage supervision input gives an error signal if the voltage disappears, and the
Warning LED turns on. The error signal can be read via the Modulebus.
The reset circuitry gives a reset signal when the module is inserted until the BLOCK signal is
inactive and the POWOK signal is active. The BLOCK signal is deactivated when the module lock
mechanism is in the locked position. The POWOK comes from the FCI after power is applied.

168

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.16 DI831 Digital Input Module, 48V d.c. with SOE, Current Sink

The input signals can be digitally filtered. The filter is selectable from 0 to 100 ms. This means that
pulses shorter than the filter time will be filtered out and pulses longer than specified will get
through the filter.
Five different types of MTUs can be used. The Extended MTU (for example TU830) enables three
wire connection to the transducers without additional terminals. The Compact MTU (for example
TU810 or TU 814) has terminals for process voltage supervision inputs, but requires external
terminals for distribution of process power supply to the transducers. The extended MTU, TU838,
provide a fuse (3A max.) per two channels for process power out. The TU812 Compact MTU has a
D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process.
Modes
Event Recording

The DI831 Input Module can be used for event recording (SOE), that is, changing signals at digital
input channels can be announced together with a time stamp indicating when it occurred. The time
stamp has a resolution of 0.4 millisecond, and is compensated for the filter time.
The module has intermediate storage for 32 events.
The SOE functionality can be switched on and off per channel.
For all channels with enabled SOE capability, a shutter filter is implemented that prevents
intermediate storage for events from overflow. The shutter filter is closed as soon as the number of
events generated within the shutter period (0-255 seconds) exceeds the shutter trigger number
(0-255 changes). The shutter filter remains closed as long as the recovery time (0-65535 seconds)
has not expired.
Simple Digital Input

If no event recording is used, the DI831 acts like a simple digital input device.

3BSE 020 924R201

169

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Technical Data

7DEOH $ ','LJLWDO,QSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV

Feature

170

DI831
Digital Input Module

Number of channels

16 (2 x 8), current sink

Rated voltage
(Process power supply range)

48V d.c.
(36 to 60V d.c).

Input voltage range, 1

+30 to +60 V.

Input voltage range, 0

-60 to +10V

Nominal input channel current

4 mA @ 48V d.c.

Input impedance

11 k

Maximum field cable length

600 meters, (656 yd.)

Bounce filter times (digital, selectable)

0 to 100 ms

Shutter filter
Shutter period
Shutter trigger
Recovery time

0... 255 s
0... 255 changes
0... 65535 s

Event recording resolution

0.4 ms

Process voltage supervision

2 channels (1 per group)

Current consumption +5V

120 mA (max.)
100 mA (typ.)

Power dissipation (1)

3.2 W

Isolation

Yes, opto

Module termination units

TU810, TU812, TU814,

TU830 TU838

MTU keying code

BD

Event recording accuracy

-0.3 ms to +0.7 ms

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.16 DI831 Digital Input Module, 48V d.c. with SOE, Current Sink

7DEOH $ ','LJLWDO,QSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

Feature

DI831
Digital Input Module

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC

536; (earth protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529,

(IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

50V

Dielectric test voltage

500V a.c.

Width

45 mm (1.77)

Depth

97 mm (3.8), 106 mm
(4.2) including connector

Height

119 mm (4.7)

Weight

0.22 kg (0.48 lbs.)

(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated at

nominal voltage of 48 Volt.

3BSE 020 924R201

171

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Block Diagram DI831

MODULEBUS INTERFACE

COMPUTER

GROUP 1

X2
EMCBARRIER

CH 1

FAULT

WARNING

CH 2
.
.
.

RWM

MBI-2
ASIC

POWER-OK
Modulebus Connector

0V

RESET

+5VI
+5V

DATA

CH 8
ADDRESS

CPU

68HC12

ERROR
1-8

DAT-

RS-485
EEPROM

CLK+
CLK-

GROUP 2

RS-485

POS0-6

FPROM

BLOCK

8
/

CH
9-16

PROGR

MODE

X3

EMCBARRIER
8
/

UP2
U9-16
I 9-16
24V
SUPERVISION
ZP2

ERROR
9-16

172

ZP1

DAT+

Process Connector

U2
I2
.
.
.
U8
I8
24V
SUPERVISION

RUN
X1

UP1
U1
I1

EM

BDM

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.16 DI831 Digital Input Module, 48V d.c. with SOE, Current Sink

Process Connections

7DEOH $ ',3URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

Process
Connection

TU812
D-Sub 25
Male
Connector (1)

TU830
Terminal

TU838
Terminal

+24V d.c.

L1+ (2)

1, 14

L1+ (2)

L1+ (2)

0V d.c.

L1-

2, 15

L1- (2)

L1- (2)

Ch1/Ch 2, L1+

B1, B2

A1 (F1)

Ch1 Input

C1

C1

B1

Ch 2 Input

B1

16

C2

B2

Ch1/Ch2, L1-

A1

A1, A2

A2

Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+

B3, B4

A3 (F2)

Ch 3 Input

C2

C3

B3

Ch 4 Input

B2

17

C4

B4

Ch 3/Ch 4, L1-

A2

A3, A4

A4

Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+

B5, B6

A5 (F3)

Ch 5 Input

C3

C5

B5

Ch 6 Input

B3

18

C6

B6

Ch 5/Ch 6, L1-

A3

A5, A6

A6

Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+

B7, B8

A7 (F4)

Ch 7 Input

C4

C7

B7

Ch 8 Input

B4

19

C8

B8

Ch 7/Ch8, L1-

A4

A7, A8

A8

Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+

B9, B10

A9 (F5)

Ch 9 Input

C5

C9

B9

3BSE 020 924R201

173

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

7DEOH $ ',3URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

Process
Connection

TU812
D-Sub 25
Male
Connector (1)

TU830
Terminal

TU838
Terminal

Ch 10 Input

B5

20

C10

B10

Ch 9/Ch 10, L2-

A5

A9, A10

A10

Ch 11/Ch 12, L2+

B11, B12

A11 (F6)

Ch 11 Input

C6

C11

B11

Ch 12 Input

B6

21

C12

B12

Ch 11/Ch 12, L2-

A6

A11, A12

A12

Ch 13/Ch 14, L2+

B13, B14

A13 (F7)

Ch 13 Input

C7

C13

B13

Ch 14 Input

B7

22

C14

B14

Ch 13/Ch 14, L2-

A7

A13, A14

A14

Ch 15/ Ch16, L2+

B15, B16

A15 (F8)

Ch 15 Input

C8

10

C15

B15

Ch 16 Input

B8

23

C16

B16

Ch 15/Ch16, L2-

A8

A15, A16

A16

+24V d.c.

L2+ (2)

11, 24

L2+ (2)

L2+ (2)

0V d.c.

L2-

12, 25

L2- (2)

L2- (2)

(1) Pin 13 connected to connector body for EM.

174

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.16 DI831 Digital Input Module, 48V d.c. with SOE, Current Sink

Figure A-42 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI831 when installed on
an TU830 Extended MTU.

Process

TU830

+48V

6.3 A

L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-

L1+
L1+
L1L1B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2

L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-

B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4

L1+
I3
I4
L1-

L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-

B5,A6
C5
C6
A5,A6

L1+
I5
I6
L1-

L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-

B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10

L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-

L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-

B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12

L2+
I11
I12
L2-

L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-

B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,A16
C15
C16
A15,A16

L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-

+48V

L2+
L2+
L2L2-

0V

DI831

0V

Supervise

Fuse
L1+
I1
I2
L1-

6.3 A
Supervise

Fuse
EM

)LJXUH $ DI831 with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

175

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-43 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI831 when installed on
an TU838 Extended MTU.

Process

TU838

+48V
0V

L1+
L1+
L1L1-

L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-

A1
B1
B2
A2

L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-

A3
B3
B4
A4

L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-

A5
B5
B6
A6

L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-

A7
B7
B8
A8

L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-

A11
B11
B12
A12

L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-

A13
B13
B14
A14
A15
B15
B16
A16

+48V
0V

A9
B9
B10
A10

L2+
L2+
L2L2-

DI831

Supervise
F1

L1+
I1
I2
L1-

F2

L1+
I3
I4
L1-

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

F8

L1+
I5
I6
L1L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2L2+
I11
I12
L2L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2Supervise
EM

)LJXUH $ DI831 with TU838 Extended MTU Process Connections

176

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.16 DI831 Digital Input Module, 48V d.c. with SOE, Current Sink

Figure A-44 shows the process connections for the DI831 when installed on a TU810 or TU814
Compact MTU.

Process

TU810
(or TU814)
+48V

L1+
L1+
L1-

0V

C1
B1
A1

L1+
I1
I2
L1-

Ch3
Ch4
L1-

C2
B2
A2

L1+
I3
I4
L1-

Ch5
Ch6
L1-

C3
B3
A3

L1+
I5
I6
L1-

Ch7
Ch8
L1-

C4
B4
A4

Ch9
Ch10
L2-

C5
B5
A5

L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-

Ch11
Ch12
L2-

C6
B6
A6

L2+
I11
I12
L2-

Ch13
Ch14
L2-

C7
B7
A7

Ch15
Ch16
L2-

C8
B8
A8

+48V
0V

Supervise

Ch1
Ch2
L1-

DI831

L2+
L2+
L2-

L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2Supervise
EM

)LJXUH $ DI831 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

177

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-45 shows the process connections for the DI831 when installed on a TU812 Compact
MTU.

TU812

Process
Connection

1 UP1 +24V

14

14 UP1

2 ZP1

15

15 ZP1

3 S1

Ch1

16

16 S2

Ch2

4 S3

Ch3

17

17 S4

Ch4

5 S5

Ch5

18

18 S6

Ch6

6 S7

Ch7

19

19 S8

Ch8

7 S9

Ch9

20

20 S10

Ch10

8 S11

Ch11

21

21 S12

Ch12

9 S13

Ch13

22

22 S14

Ch14

10

10 S15

Ch15

23

23 S16

Ch16

11

11 UP2

+24V

24

24 UP2

12

12 ZP2 0V

25

25 ZP2

13

13 EM

DI831
Supervise

0V

L1+
I1
I2
L1L1+
I3
I4
L1L1+
I5
I6
L1L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2L2+
I11
I12
L2L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2Supervise

EM

)LJXUH $ DI831 with TU812 Compact MTU Process Connections

178

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.17 DI885 Digital Input Module, 24V/48V d.c. with SOE, Current Sink

A.17 DI885 Digital Input Module, 24V/48V d.c. with SOE,

Current Sink
Features

8 channels for 24/48V d.c. inputs

Input status indicators
Sequence of event (SOE) functionality

F
R
W

External 24 or 48V d.c. sensor power supply

Internal 48V d.c. sensor power supply

Short circuit protection to ground and 48 Volt

Channel supervision

Sensor power supply supervision

Shutter filter

EMC protection

DIN rail mounting.

7
8

Description

The DI885 is a 8 channel 24/48V digital input module for the

S800 I/O. This module has 8 digital inputs. The input voltage
range is 11.8 - 60Vd.c. and the input current is 1.6 mA at 24V d.c.,
(3.2 mA at 48V d.c.).

DI855
24V/48V

Every input channel consists of current limiting components, EMC protection components,
input state indication LED and optical isolation barrier.
Three LEDs indicate module status Fault (Red), Run (Green) and Warning (Yellow). One LED
(Yellow) per channel (8) indicate input state (On = 1 and Off = 0). The RUN LED indicates normal
operation and the WARNING LED indicates if any error input is active. The FAULT LED indicates
that the module is in the Init state, Error state or Not Configured state. In Not configured state the
FAULT LED is turned off after the first valid access to the module.

3BSE 020 924R201

179

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

The sensor power supply supervision gives an error signal if the voltage disappears, and the Warning
LED turns on. The error signal can be read via the Modulebus.
The reset circuitry gives a reset signal when the module is inserted until the BLOCK signal is
inactive and the POWOK signal is active. The BLOCK signal is deactivated when the module lock
mechanism is in the locked position. The POWOK comes from the FCI after power is applied.
The input signals of the input module DI885 can be filtered to suppress any electrical interference or
contact bounce.The filter is selectable from 0 to 255 ms. This means that noise pulses shorter than
the filter time will be filtered out and pulses longer than specified will get through the filter.
Four different types of MTUs can be used. TheTU830 Extended MTU and the TU810 (or TU814)
Compact MTU has terminals for process voltage inputs and three terminals per channel. The TU812
Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process.
Modes
Event Recording

The DI885 Input Module can be used for event recording (SOE), that is, changing signals at digital
input channels can be announced together with a time stamp indicating when it occurred. The time
stamp has a resolution of 1 millisecond, and is compensated for the filter time.
The module has intermediate storage for 32 events.
The SOE functionality can be switched on and off per channel.
For all channels with enabled SOE capability, a shutter filter is implemented that prevents
intermediate storage for events from overflow. The shutter filter is closed as soon as the number of
events generated within the shutter period (0-255 seconds) exceeds the shutter trigger number
(0-255 changes). The shutter filter remains closed as long as the recovery time (0-65535 seconds)
has not expired.
Simple Digital Input

If no event recording is used, the DI885 acts like a simple digital input device.
Channel Supervision

The DI885 is able to supervise the process channel regarding wire break of sensor cable, missing
sensor and short circuit of sensor voltage to module ground.

180

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.17 DI885 Digital Input Module, 24V/48V d.c. with SOE, Current Sink

The supervision can be switched on and off per device. The channel supervision is only possible
when the contact is equipped with a parallel resistor of 4.75 k 20%, and 48V sensor power.
Sensor Power Supply and Supervision

The DI885 provides a 48V d.c. sensor power supply per device.
The DC/DC - converter for 48V d.c. supply can be powered from the internal 24V d.c. provided by
the ModuleBus or from an external source.
The power supply is short-circuit proof and galvanically insulated.
It is also possible to supply the sensors with an external 48V d.c. power supply. In this case the
internal voltage path is switched off.
Supported Sensor Types

The following sensor types are supported by the DI885.

Dry Contacts supervised: 48V d.c./ 3,2 mA

The supervision is only possible for contacts with resistor connected in parallel. Supervision is
always available within internal sensor power supply. Supervision in connection with external
sensor power supply requires the same strict limits in the tolerances of the external supply voltage as
for internal supply voltage (48V d.c. 10%)
Dry Contacts not supervised with external Power Supply: >= 60V d.c./ max. 4 mA

The maximum input voltage of 60VDC must be kept strictly.

Electronic Inputs not supervised: 24V d.c./ 1.6 mA

Only in combination with external power supply.

Open Collector Drivers (Current sourcing) not supervised: 24VDC / 1.6 mA

Only in combination with external power supply.

3BSE 020 924R201

181

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Technical Data

7DEOH $ DI885 Digital Input Module Specifications

Feature

182

DI885
Digital Input Module

Number of channels

8, current sink

Power supply:
Nominal voltage
Operating voltage range

24 V d.c.
19.2 to 30V d.c.

Process Power supply: (UP)

Nominal voltage with internal supply
Voltage range with external supply

48 V d.c.+/- 10%
18V d.c. - 60V d.c.

Input voltage range, 1

>+ 11.2V d.c.... <+ 60 V d.c.

Input voltage range, 0

-30V d.c. ... <+5V d.c.

Nominal input channel current, 1

0.8 mA ... <4 mA

Nominal input channel current, 0

<0.3 mA

Input impedance

15 kOhm

Maximum field cable length

600 meters, (656 yd.)

Bounce filter times (digital, selectable)

0 to 255 ms

Shutter filter
Shutter period
Shutter trigger
Recovery time

0... 255 s
0.. 255 changes
0... 65535 s

Event recording resolution

1 ms

Process voltage supervision

per device

Current consumption
5V
24V internal
24V external
48V external

160 mA
91 mA
91 mA
22 mA

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.17 DI885 Digital Input Module, 24V/48V d.c. with SOE, Current Sink

7DEOH $ DI885 Digital Input Module Specifications&RQWLQXHG

DI885
Digital Input Module

Feature
Power dissipation (1)

3W

Isolation

Yes, opto

Module termination units

TU810, TU812, TU814 or

TU830

MTU keying code

BF

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC

536; (earth protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529,

(IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

50V

Dielectric test voltage

500V a.c.

Event recording resolution

1 ms

Event recording accuracy

-0.5 ms to +1.3 ms

Width

45 mm (1.77)

Depth

97 mm (3.8), 106 mm (4.2)

including connector

Height

119 mm (4.7)

Weight

0.22 kg (0.48 lbs.)

(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated at nominal
voltage of 24/48 Volts.

3BSE 020 924R201

183

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Block Diagram DI885

X2
L1+
L1-

EMCBARRIER
CH 1

FAULT

I1
L1+
I2
L1.

RUN
WARNING

MBI-2
ASIC
(CPU)

X1

CH 2
.

.
.

RESET

L1+

.
.

DAT
DAT-N

RS-485

.
CH 8

POS0-9

.
L1+
I8

BLOCK
24V
ERROR 1-8
EEPROM

Process Connector

Modulebus Connector

+5VI
+5V
POWER-OK
0V

24V SUPERVISION
L1-

RAM

EM
24V
48V
Power
Switch

184

48V d.c.
24V d.c.

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.17 DI885 Digital Input Module, 24V/48V d.c. with SOE, Current Sink

Process Connections

7DEOH $ DI885 Process Connections

Process
Connection

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector (1)

TU830
Terminal

+24V d.c. ext.

L1+ (2)

1, 14

L1+ (2)

0V d.c.

L1-, L2-

2, 15

L1- (2), L2- (2)

Ch1 +48V

B1

16

C2

Ch1 Input

C1

C1

Ch 2 +48V

B2

17

C4

Ch 2 Input

C2

C3

Ch 3 +48V

B3

18

C6

Ch 3 Input

C3

C5

Ch 4 +48V

B4

19

C8

Ch 4 Input

C4

C7

Ch 5 +48V

B5

20

C10

Ch 5 Input

C5

C9

Ch 6 +48V

B6

21

C12

Ch 6 Input

C6

C11

Ch 7 +48V

B7

22

C14

Ch 7 Input

C7

C13

Ch 8 +48V

B8

23

C16

Ch8 Input

C8

10

C15

+48V ext.

L2+ (2)

11, 24

L2+ (2)

(1) Pin 13 connected to connector body for EM.

3BSE 020 924R201

185

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-46 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI885 when installed on
an TU830 Extended MTU.

Process

TU830

24V+

Pwr.
Sup. 0V
47K

L1+
L1+
L1L1-

DI885
+
24V +
_ 48V
_

6.3 A

Fuse

Ch1 C1
48V C2
L1- A1,A2

I1
L+
L-

Ch2 C3
48V C4
L1- A3,A4

I2
L+
L-

Ch3 C5
48V C6
L1- A5,A6

I3
L+
L-

Ch4 C7
48V C8
L1- A7,A8

I4
L+
L-

Ch5 C9
48V C10

I5
L+

A9,A10

Ch6 C11
48V C12

I6
L+

Ch7 C13
48V C14

I7
L+

A11,A12

A13,A14
47K

I8
L+

Ch8 C15
48V C16

A15,A16

48V+
Pwr.
Sup. 0V

L2+
L2+
L2L2-

6.3 A
Fuse
EM

)LJXUH $ DI885 with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections

186

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.17 DI885 Digital Input Module, 24V/48V d.c. with SOE, Current Sink

Figure A-47 shows the process connections for the DI885 when installed on a TU810 or TU814
Compact MTU.

Process

TU810
(or TU814)
24V+
Pwr.
Sup. 0V

47K

DI885
+
24V +
_ 48V
_

L1+
L1+
L1-

Ch1 C1
48V B1
L1- A1

I1
L+
L-

Ch2 C2
48V B2
L1- A2

I2
L+
L-

Ch3 C3
48V B3
L1- A3

I3
L+
L-

Ch4 C4
48V B4
L1- A4

I4
L+
L-

Ch5 C5
48V B5

I5
L+

A5

Ch6 C6
48V B6

I6
L+

Ch7 C7
48V B7

I7
L+

A6

A7
47K

Ch8 C8
48V B8

I8
L+

A8

48V+
Pwr.
Sup. 0V

L2+
L2+
L2-

EM

)LJXUH $ DI885 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

187

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

A.18 DO801 Digital Output Module 24V, 0.5A Current Sourcing

Features

16 channels for 24V d.c. current sourcing

outputs

Output status indicators

OSP sets outputs to predetermined state upon
communication error

S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 1314 15 16

STATUS

1isolated groups of 16 channels

Short-circuit protection to ground and 30V

Over-voltage and over-temperature protection
EMC protection
DIN rail mounting.

DO801
24V 0.5A

Description

The DO801 is a 16 channel 24V digital output

module for the S800 I/O. The output voltage
range is 10 to 30 volt and the maximum
continuous output current is 0.5A. The outputs are
protected against short circuits, over voltage and
over temperature. The outputs are in one isolated
group.

L+ L- 24V
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Each output channel consists of a short circuit and

over temperature protected high side driver, EMC
protection components, inductive load suppression, output state indication LED and optical isolation
barrier.
One STATUS LED indicate module status green/red. One LED (Yellow) per channel (16) indicate
output state (On = 1 and Off = 0). The Status LED green indicates normal operation. The STATUS
LED red indicates that the module is in Init state or Not Configured state. In Not Configured state
the STATUS LED is turned off after the first valid access to the module.

188

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.18 DO801 Digital Output Module 24V, 0.5A Current Sourcing

The outputs of the module will be set to a predetermined value if the OSP-watchdog timer expires or
if the SetOSPState command is received. The watchdog timer is set by the controller and is used for
ModuleBus supervision. The watchdog timer is re-triggered every time the correct module address
has been decoded (or broadcast). If the watchdog timer expires or if the SetOSPState command is
received, the module enters the OSP state and the active outputs (if any) are set to their OSP values
which can be configured as a predefined value or to use the last good value sent.
The output values will be kept as long as the module stays in the OSP state. To change the outputs
the module first has to leave this state. When reentering Operational State, the outputs are still kept
with their OSP value until new valid values are written.
The reset circuitry gives a reset signal when the POWOK signal is active. The POWOK comes from
the FCI after power is applied.
The outputs are current limited and protected against over temperature. If the outputs are overloaded
the output current will be limited. This means that the power dissipation in the output stage will
increase and the output will shutdown if the temperature in the output stage increases above 150 C
(302 F). The output will switch on again automatically as the component temperature has decreased
to about 140 C (284 F).If any output is shutdown due to overload the indication LED on that
channel is not switched off The output status of that channel can not be read from the module.
Technical Data

7DEOH $ '2'LJLWDO2XWSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV

Feature

3BSE 020 924R201

DO801
Digital Output Module

Number of channels

16 (1 x 16)

Type of output

Transistor current source,

short circuit proof

Voltage range

12 - 32V d.c.

Load current, maximum

0.5 A

Short circuit current, maximum

2.4 A

Leakage current, maximum

<10 a

Signal delay

<0.2 ms

Output impedance

<0.4 ohm

189

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

7DEOH $ '2'LJLWDO2XWSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

Feature

DO801
Digital Output Module

Maximum Field Cable Length

600 meters (656 yd.)

Current consumption +5V

80 mA

Power dissipation (1)

2.1 W

Output Set as Predetermined (OSP) timer 256, 512, 1024 ms

Isolation

Groupwise isolated from

ground (RIV=50V)

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC

536; (earth protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529,

(IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

50V

Dielectric test voltage

500V a.c.

Width

86.1 mm (3.4)

Depth

58.5 mm (2.3)

Height

110 mm (4.33)

Weight

0.24 kg (0.53 lbs.)

(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated.

190

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.18 DO801 Digital Output Module 24V, 0.5A Current Sourcing

Block Diagram DO801

Output
drivers

STATUS

+5V

O1

CH2
.
.
.

O2
.

CH15

O9

CH16

O16

POWER-OK
0V
DAT
DAT-N
POS0-9

Process Connector

MBI

CH1

BLOCK

L-

3BSE 020 924R201

Power
connector

L+

191

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Process Connections

7DEOH $ '23URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV

Process
Connection

192

Process
Terminal

Ch 1 Output

Ch 2 Output

Ch 3 Output

Ch 4 Output

Ch 5 Output

Ch 6 Output

Ch 7 Output

Ch 8 Output

Ch 9 Output

Ch 10 Output

10

Ch 11 Output

11

Ch 12 Output

12

Ch 13 Output

13

Ch 14 Output

14

Ch 15 Output

15

Ch 16 Output

16

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.18 DO801 Digital Output Module 24V, 0.5A Current Sourcing

Figure A-50 shows the process connections for the DO801.

DO801

Process

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
L+
L-

+24V
0V

EM

)LJXUH $ DO801 Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

193

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

A.19 DO810 Digital Output Module 24V, 0.5A Current Sourcing

Features

16 channels for 24V d.c. current sourcing outputs

2 isolated groups of 8 channels with process voltage supervision
Output status indicators
OSP sets outputs to predetermined state upon error detection
Short-circuit protection to ground and 30V
Over-voltage and over-temperature protection
EMC protection
DIN rail mounting.

F
R
W
O
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

Description

The DO810 is a 16 channel 24V digital output module for the S800
I/O. This module has 16 digital outputs. The output voltage range is
10 to 30 volt and the maximum continuous output current is 0.5A.
The outputs are protected against short circuits, over voltage and over
temperature. The outputs are divided into two individually isolated
groups with eight output channels and one voltage supervision input in
each group.

11
12
13
14
15
16
DO810
24V 0.5A

Each output channel consists of a short circuit and over temperature

protected high side driver, EMC protection components, inductive load
suppression, output state indication LED and optical isolation barrier.
Four LEDs indicate module status Fault (Red), Run (Green), Warning (Yellow) and OSP (Yellow).
One LED (Yellow) per channel (16) indicate output state (On = 1 and Off = 0). The RUN LED
indicates normal operation and the WARNING LED indicates if any error input is active.
The FAULT LED indicates that the module is in Init state or Not Configured state. In Not
Configured state the FAULT LED is turned off after the first valid access to the module. The OSP
LED indicates that the module is in the OSP state and that the outputs are set to their OSP values.
The process voltage supervision input gives an error signal if the voltage disappears, and the
Warning LED turns on. The error signal can be read via the ModuleBus.

194

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.19 DO810 Digital Output Module 24V, 0.5A Current Sourcing

The outputs of the module will be set to a predetermined value if the OSP-watchdog timer expires or
if the SetOSPState command is received. The watchdog timer is set by the controller and is used for
ModuleBus supervision. The watchdog timer is re-triggered every time the correct module address
has been decoded (or broadcast). If the watchdog timer expires or if the SetOSPState command is
received, the module enters the OSP state and the active outputs (if any) are set to their OSP values
which can be configured as a predefined value or to use the last good value sent.
The output values will be kept as long as the module stays in the OSP state. To change the outputs
the module first has to leave this state. When reentering Operational State, the outputs are still kept
with their OSP value until new valid values are written.
The reset circuitry gives a reset signal when the module is inserted until the BLOCK signal is
inactive and the POWOK signal is active. The BLOCK signal is deactivated when the module lock
mechanism is in the locked position. The POWOK comes from the FCI after power is applied.
The outputs are current limited and protected against over temperature. If the outputs are overloaded
the output current will be limited. This means that the power dissipation in the output stage will
increase and the output will shutdown if the temperature in the output stage increases above 150 C
(302 F). The output will switch on again automatically as the component temperature has decreased
to about 140 C (284 F). If any output is shutdown due to overload the indication LED on that
channel is also switched off. The output status of that channel can not be read from the module.
Four different types of MTUs can be used. TU830 Extended MTU and TU810 (or TU814) Compact
MTU have terminals for 24V process voltage supervision inputs and two terminals per channels.
The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process.
Technical Data

7DEOH $ '2'LJLWDO2XWSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV

Feature

3BSE 020 924R201

DO810
Digital Output Module

Number of channels

16 (2 x 8)

Type of output

Transistor current source,

short circuit proof

Voltage range

12 - 32V d.c.

Load current, maximum

0.5 A

Short circuit current, maximum

2.4 A

195

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

7DEOH $ '2'LJLWDO2XWSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

Feature

DO810
Digital Output Module

Leakage current, maximum

<10 a

Output impedance

<0.4 ohm

Maximum Field Cable Length

600 meters (656 yd.)

Current consumption +5V

80 mA

Power dissipation

(1)

2.1 W

Output Set as Predetermined (OSP) timer 256, 512, 1024 ms

Process voltage supervision

2 channels (1 per group)

Isolation

Groupwise isolated from

ground (RIV=50V)

Mounting termination units

TU810, TU812, TU814 or

TU830

MTU keying code

AA

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC

536; (earth protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529,

(IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

50V

Dielectric test voltage

500V a.c.

Width

45 mm (1.77)

Depth

97 mm (3.8), 106 mm
(4.2) including connector

Height

119 mm (4.7)

Weight

0.18 kg (0.4 lbs.)

(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated.

196

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.19 DO810 Digital Output Module 24V, 0.5A Current Sourcing

Block Diagram DO810

BIC

X2

GROUP 1
24V SUPERVISION
ERROR 1-8

FAULT

OUTPUTDRIVERS

L1+
L1+

RUN
WARNING

O1

CH 2
.
.
.

L1+
O2
.
.
.
L1+
O8

OSP
MBI-1
ASIC

X1

ModuleBus Connector

POWER-OK
0V

RESET

+5VI
+5V

CH 8

L1DAT
DAT-N

RS-485

POS0-9
BLOCK

EEPROM

Process Connector

CH 1

GROUP 2
24V SUPERVISION
ERROR 9-10
8
/ CH 9-16

OUTPUTDRIVERS

L2+
L2+
8
/

O 9-16
L2-

3BSE 020 924R201

197

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Process Connections

7DEOH $ '23URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

Process
Connection

198

TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector (1)

TU830
Terminal

+24V d.c.

L1+ (2)

1, 14

L1+ (2)

0V d.c.

L1-

2, 15

L1- (2)

Ch 1/Ch 2, L1+

B1, B2

Ch 1 Output

C1

C1

Ch 2 Output

B1

16

C2

Ch 1/Ch 2, L1-

A1

A1, A2

Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+

B3, B4

Ch 3 Output

C2

C3

Ch 4 Output

B2

17

C4

Ch 3/Ch 4, L1-

A2

A3, A4

Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+

B5, B6

Ch 5 Output

C3

C5

Ch 6 Output

B3

18

C6

Ch 5/Ch 6, L1-

A3

A5, A6

Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+

B7, B8

Ch 7 Output

C4

C7

Ch 8 Output

B4

19

C8

Ch 7/Ch 8, L1-

A4

A7, A8

Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+

B9, B10

Ch 9 Output

C5

C9

Ch 10 Output

B5

20

C10

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.19 DO810 Digital Output Module 24V, 0.5A Current Sourcing

7DEOH $ '23URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

Process
Connection

TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector (1)

TU830
Terminal

Ch 9/Ch 10, L2-

A5

A9, A10

Ch 11/Ch 12, L2+

B11, B12

Ch 11 Output

C6

C11

Ch 12 Output

B6

21

C12

Ch 11/Ch 12, L2-

A6

A11, A12

Ch 13/Ch 14, L2+

B13, B14

Ch 13 Output

C7

C13

Ch 14 Output

B7

22

C14

Ch 13/Ch 14, L2-

A7

A13, A14

Ch 15/ Ch16, L2+

B15, B16

Ch 15 Output

C8

10

C15

Ch 16 Output

B8

23

C16

Ch 15/Ch16, L2-

A8

A15, A16

+24V d.c.

L2+ (2)

11, 24

L2+ (2)

0V d.c.

L2-

12, 25

L2- (2)

(1) Pin 13 connected to connector body for EM.

3BSE 020 924R201

199

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-49 shows the process connections for the Digital Output Module DO810 when installed on
an TU830 Extended MTU.

DO810

TU830

6.3 A
Supervise

Fuse

+24V
0V

B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2

L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-

L1+
O3
O4
L1-

B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4

L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-

L1+
O5
O6
L1-

B5,A6
C5
C6
A5,A6

L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-

L1+
O7
O8
L1L2+
O9
O 10
L2-

B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10

L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-

L2+
O 11
O 12
L2-

B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12

L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-

L2+
O 13
O 14
L2L2+
O 15
O 16
L2-

B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,A16
C15
C16
A15,A16

L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-

L2+
L2+
L2L2-

+24V

Fuse
EM

L1+
L1+
L1L1-

L1+
O1
O2
L1-

6.3 A
Supervise

Process

0V

)LJXUH $ DO810 with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections

200

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.19 DO810 Digital Output Module 24V, 0.5A Current Sourcing

Figure A-50 shows the process connections for the DO810 when installed on a TU810 or TU814
Compact MTU.

DO810

TU810
(or TU814)

Process

+24V

L1+
L1+
L1-

Supervise
L1+
O1
O2
L1-

C1
B1
A1

Ch1
Ch2
L1-

L1+
O3
O4
L1-

C2
B2
A2

Ch3
Ch4
L1-

L1+
O5
O6
L1-

C3
B3
A3

Ch5
Ch6
L1-

C4
B4
A4

Ch7
Ch8
L1-

L1+
O7
O8
L1L2+
O9
O 10
L2-

C5
Ch9
B5 Ch10
A5 L2-

L2+
O 11
O 12
L2-

C6 Ch11
B6 Ch12
A6 L2-

L2+
O 13
O 14
L2L2+
O 15
O 16
L2Supervise
EM

0V

C7 Ch13
B7 Ch14
A7 L2C8 Ch15
B8 Ch16
A8 L2L2+
L2+
L2-

+24V
0V

)LJXUH $ DO810 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-51 shows the process connections for the Digital Output Module DO810 when installed on
an TU812 Compact MTU.

DO810
Supervise

TU812
+24V UP1 1

UP1 14

14

ZP1 2

ZP1 15

15

Ch1

S1 3

Ch2

S2 16

16

Ch3

S3 4

Ch4

S4 17

17

Ch5

S5 5

Ch6

S6 18

18

Ch7

S7 6

Ch8

S8 19

19

Ch9

S9 7

Ch10

S10 20

20

Ch11

S11 8

Ch12

S12 21

21

Ch13

S13 9

Ch14

S14 22

22

Ch15

S15 10

10

Ch16

S16 23

23

0V

L1+
O1
O2
L1L1+
O3
O4
L1L1+
O5
O6
L1L1+
O7
O8
L1L2+
O9
O 10
L2L2+
O 11
O 12
L2L2+
O 13
O 14
L2L2+
O 15
O 16
L2-

+24V UP2 11

11

UP2 24

24

ZP2 12

12

ZP2 25

25

EM 13

13

0V

Supervise
EM

Process
Connection

)LJXUH $ DO810 with TU812 Compact MTU Process Connections

202

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.20 DO814 Digital Output Module 24V, 0.5A, Current Sinking

A.20 DO814 Digital Output Module 24V, 0.5A, Current Sinking

Features

16 channels for 24V d.c. current sinking outputs

2 isolated groups of 8 channels with process voltage supervision
Output status indicators
OSP sets outputs to predetermined state upon error detection
Short-circuit protection to ground and 30V
Over-voltage and over-temperature protection
EMC protection
DIN rail mounting.

F
R
W
O
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

Description

The DO814 is a 16 channel 24V digital output module with current

sinking for the S800 I/O. The output voltage range is 10 to 30 volt and
the maximum continuous current sinking is 0.5A. The outputs are
protected against short circuits and over temperature. The outputs are
divided into two individually isolated groups with eight output
channels and one voltage supervision input in each group.

11
12
13
14
15
16
DO814
24V, 0.5A

Each output channel consists of a short circuit and over temperature

protected low side switch, EMC protection components, inductive load
suppression, output state indication LED and optical isolation barrier.
Four LEDs indicate module status Fault (Red), Run (Green), Warning (Yellow) and OSP (Yellow).
One LED (Yellow) per channel (16) indicate output state (On = 1 and Off = 0). The RUN LED
indicates normal operation and the WARNING LED indicates if any error input is active.
The FAULT LED indicates that the module is in Init state or Not Configured state. In Not configured
state the FAULT LED is turned off after the first valid access to the module. The OSP LED indicates
that the module is in the OSP state and that the outputs are set to their OSP values.
The process voltage supervision input gives an error signal if the voltage disappears, and the
Warning LED turns on. The error signal can be read via the ModuleBus.

3BSE 020 924R201

203

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

The outputs of the module will be set to a predetermined value if the OSP-watchdog timer expires or
if the SetOSPState command is received. The watchdog timer is set by the controller and is used for
ModuleBus supervision. The watchdog timer is re-triggered every time the correct module address
has been decoded (or broadcast). If the watchdog timer expires or if the SetOSPState command is
received, the module enters the OSP state and the active outputs (if any) are set to their OSP values
which can be configured as a predefined value or to use the last good value sent.
The output values will be kept as long as the module stays in the OSP state. To change the outputs
the module first has to leave this state. When reentering Operational State, the outputs are still kept
with their OSP value until new valid values are written.
The reset circuitry gives a reset signal when the module is inserted until the BLOCK is inactive and
POWOK signals is active. The BLOCK signal is deactivated when the module lock mechanism is in
the locked position. The POWOK comes from the FCI after power is applied.
The outputs are current limited and protected against over temperature. If the outputs are overloaded
the output current sinking will be limited. This means that the power dissipation in the output stage
will increase and the output will shutdown if the temperature in the output stage increases above
150 C (302 F). The output will switch on again automatically as the component temperature has
decreased to about 140 C (284 F).
Five different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 Extended MTU enables three wire
connection to the devices without additional terminals. The TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU has
terminals for 24V process voltage supervision inputs, but requires external terminals for distribution
of 24V power supply to the devices. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male)
connector for connection to the process. TU838 provide a fuse (3A max.) per two channels or
process power output.
Technical Data

7DEOH $ '2'LJLWDO2XWSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV

Feature

204

DO814
Digital Output Module

Number of channels

16 (2 x 8) current sinking

Type of output

Transistor current sinking,

short circuit proof

Voltage range

12 - 32V d.c.

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.20 DO814 Digital Output Module 24V, 0.5A, Current Sinking

7DEOH $ '2'LJLWDO2XWSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

Feature

DO814
Digital Output Module

Load current, maximum

0.5A

Short circuit current, maximum

2.4A

Leakage current, maximum

<10 a

Output impedance

<0.4 ohm

Maximum field cable length

600 meters (656 yd.)

Current consumption +5V

80 mA

Power dissipation (1)

2.1 W

Output Set as Predetermined (OSP) timer

256, 512, 1024 ms

Process voltage supervision

2 channels (1 per group)

Isolation

Groupwise isolated from

ground (RIV=50V)

Module termination units

TU810, TU812, TU814,

TU830 or TU838

MTU keying code

BE

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC

536; (earth protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529,

(IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

50V

Dielectric test voltage

500V a.c.

Width

45 mm (1.77)

Depth

97 mm (3.8), 106 mm
(4.2) including connector

Height

119 mm (4.7)

Weight

0.18 kg (0.4 lbs.)

(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated.

3BSE 020 924R201

205

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Block Diagram DO814

BIC

X2

GROUP 1
OUTPUT
24V SUPERVISION Current SinkingDRIVERS
UP1 24V
ERROR 1-8

FAULT

U1

RUN
CH 1

WARNING

O1

OSP

X1

0V
DAT+
DAT-

MBI-1

CH 2

ASIC

.
.
.
CH 8

O2
.
.
.
U8
O8
ZP1

RS-485

CLK+
RS-485

CLKPOS0-6
BLOCK

Process Connector

Modulebus Connector

POWER-OK

U2
RESET

+5VI
+5V

GROUP 2
OUTPUT
24V SUPERVISION Current SinkingDRIVERS
ERROR 9-10
UP2 24V
U9-16

EEPROM

8 CH 9-16
/

8
/

O 9-16
ZP2

206

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.20 DO814 Digital Output Module 24V, 0.5A, Current Sinking

Process Connections

7DEOH $ '23URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQ

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

Process
Connection

TU812
D-Sub 25
male
Connector (1)

TU830
Terminal

TU838
Terminal

+24V d.c.

L1+ (2)

1, 14

L1+ (2)

L1+ (2)

0V d.c.

L1-

2, 15

L1- (2)

L1- (2)

Ch 1/Ch 2, L1+

B1, B2

A1 (F1)

Ch 1 Output

C1

C1

B1

Ch 2 Output

B1

16

C2

B2

Ch 1/Ch 2, L1-

A1

A1, A2

A2

Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+

B3, B4

A3 (F2)

Ch 3 Output

C2

C3

B3

Ch 4 Output

B2

17

C4

B4

Ch 3/Ch 4, L1-

A2

A3, A4

A4

Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+

B5, B6

A5 (F3)

Ch 5 Output

C3

C5

B5

Ch 6 Output

B3

18

C6

B6

Ch 5/Ch 6, L1-

A3

A5, A6

A6

Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+

B7, B8

A7 (F4)

Ch 7 Output

C4

C7

B7

Ch 8 Output

B4

19

C8

B8

Ch 7/Ch 8, L1-

A4

A7, A8

A8

Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+

B9, B10

A9 (F5)

Ch 9 Output

C5

C9

B9

3BSE 020 924R201

207

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

7DEOH $ '23URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQ&RQWLQXHG

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

Process
Connection

TU812
D-Sub 25
male
Connector (1)

TU830
Terminal

TU838
Terminal

Ch 10 Output

B5

20

C10

B10

Ch 9/Ch 10, L2-

A5

A9, A10

A10

Ch 11/Ch 12, L2+

B11, B12

A11 (F6)

Ch 11 Output

C6

C11

B11

Ch 12 Output

B6

21

C12

B12

Ch 11/Ch 12, L2-

A6

A11, A12

A12

Ch 13/Ch 14, L2+

B13, B14

A13 (F7)

Ch 13 Output

C7

C13

B13

Ch 14 Output

B7

22

C14

B14

Ch 13/Ch 14, L2-

A7

A13, A14

A14

Ch 15/ Ch16, L2+

B15, B16

A15 (F8)

Ch 15 Output

C8

10

C15

B15

Ch 16 Output

B8

23

C16

B16

Ch 15/Ch16, L2-

A8

A15, A16

A16

+24V d.c.

L2+ (2)

11, 24

L2+ (2)

L2+ (2)

0V d.c.

L2-

12, 25

L2- (2)

L2- (2)

(1) Pin 13 connected to connector body for EM.

208

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.20 DO814 Digital Output Module 24V, 0.5A, Current Sinking

Figure A-52 shows the process connections for the Digital Output Module DO814 (current sinking)
when installed on an TU838 Extended MTU.

DO814

Process

TU838

Supervise
L1+
O1
O2
L1-

F1

L1+
O3
O4
L1-

F2

L1+
O5
O6
L1-

F3

L1+
O7
O8
L1L2+
O9
O 10
L2-

F4

L2+
O 11
O 12
L2-

F6

L2+
O 13
O 14
L2L2+
O 15
O 16
L2Supervise
EM

F5

F7

F8

L1+
L1+
L1L1-

+24V
0V

A1
B1
B2
A2

L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-

A3
B3
B4
A4

L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-

A5
B5
B6
A6

L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-

A7
B7
B8
A8
A9
B9
B10
A10

L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-

A11
B11
B12
A12

L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-

A13
B13
B14
A14
A15
B15
B16
A16

L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-

L2+
L2+
L2L2-

+24V
0V

)LJXUH $ DO814 with TU838 Extended MTU Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

209

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-53 shows the process connections for the DO814 when installed on a TU810 or TU814
Compact MTU.

DO814

TU810
(or TU814)

Process
24V Power Supply
+24V

L1+
L1+
L1-

Supervise
L1+
O1
O2
L1-

C1
B1
A1

Ch1
Ch2
L1-

L1+
O3
O4
L1-

C2
B2
A2

Ch3
Ch4
L1-

L1+
O5
O6
L1-

C3
B3
A3

Ch5
Ch6
L1-

C4
B4
A4

Ch7
Ch8
L1-

C5
B5
A5

Ch9
Ch10
L2-

C6
B6
A6

Ch11
Ch12
L2-

C7
B7
A7

Ch13
Ch14
L2-

C8
B8
A8

Ch15
Ch16
L2-

L1+
O7
O8
L1L2+
O9
O 10
L2L2+
O 11
O 12
L2L2+
O 13
O 14
L2L2+
O 15
O 16
L2Supervise
EM

0V

L2+
L2+
L2-

+24V
0V

24V Power
Supply

)LJXUH $ DO814 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections

210

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.20 DO814 Digital Output Module 24V, 0.5A, Current Sinking

Figure A-54 shows the process connections for the Digital Output Module DO814 when installed on
an TU812 Compact MTU.

DO814
Supervise

TU812
+24V UP1 1

UP1 14

14

ZP1 2

ZP1 15

15

Ch1

S1 3

Ch2

S2 16

16

Ch3

S3 4

Ch4

S4 17

17

Ch5

S5 5

Ch6

S6 18

18

Ch7

S7 6

Ch8

S8 19

19

Ch9

S9 7

Ch10

S10 20

20

Ch11

S11 8

Ch12

S12 21

21

Ch13

S13 9

Ch14

S14 22

22

Ch15

S15 10

10

Ch16

S16 23

23

0V

L1+
O1
O2
L1L1+
O3
O4
L1L1+
O5
O6
L1L1+
O7
O8
L1L2+
O9
O 10
L2L2+
O 11
O 12
L2L2+
O 13
O 14
L2L2+
O 15
O 16
L2-

+24V UP2 11

11

UP2 24

24

ZP2 12

12

ZP2 25

25

EM 13

13

0V

Supervise
EM

Process
Connection

)LJXUH $ DO814 with TU812 Compact MTU Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

211

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

A.21 DO815 Digital Output Module 24V, 2A, Current Sourcing

Features

8 channels for 24V d.c. current sourcing outputs

2 isolated groups of 4 channels with under voltage detection
OSP sets outputs to predetermined state upon communication error
Output status indicators and a channel wise error flag
Short-circuit protection to ground and positive supply
Over load protection
Open load detection
Two output fault operation modes:
Automatic reset mode and Fault latching mode
Inductive load driving capability
Filament lamp load up to 10W
EMC protection
DIN rail mounting.

F
R
W
O
1
1F
2
2F
3
3F
4
4F
5
5F
6
6F
7
7F
8
8F
DO815

Description

24V, 2A

The DO815 is a 8 channel 24V digital output module for the S800 I/O.
The output voltage range is 10 to 30 volt and the maximum continuous output current is 2A @ 24V.
The outputs are protected against short circuits, and over load. The outputs are divided into two
individually isolated groups with four output channels in each group.
Each output channel consists of a short circuit and over load protected high side driver with open
load detection, EMC protection components, inductive load suppression, output status indication
LEDs and optical isolation barrier.

212

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.21 DO815 Digital Output Module 24V, 2A, Current Sourcing

Four LEDs indicate module status; Fault (Red), Run (Green), Warning (Yellow) and OSP (Yellow).
One LED (Yellow) per channel (8) indicate output state (On = 1 and Off = 0). The output fault
diagnostic function, that is, short circuit, over load, under voltage and open load detection, activities
a channel wise Error input and Fault LED (1F - 8F) (Red). The error signal can be read via the
ModuleBus. The RUN LED indicates normal operation and the WARNING LED indicates if any
Error input is active.
The FAULT LED indicates that the module is in Init state or Not Configured state. In Not
Configured state the FAULT LED is turned off after the first valid access to the module. The OSP
LED indicates that the module is in the OSP state and that the outputs are set to their OSP values.
The driver outputs provide a free-wheel diode to demagnetize inductive loads. No external
demagnetization arrangement is required up to loads of 1J.
DO815 outputs are able to drive filament lamp loads up to 10W, but only in Automatic reset mode.
The outputs of the module will be set to a predetermined value if the OSP-watchdog timer expires or
if the SetOSPState command is received. The watchdog timer is set by the controller and is used for
ModuleBus supervision. The watchdog timer is re-triggered every time the correct module address
has been decoded (or broadcast). If the watchdog timer expires or if the SetOSPState command is
received, the module enters the OSP state and the active outputs (if any) are set to their OSP values
which can be configured as a predefined value or to use the last good value sent.
The output values will be kept as long as the module stays in the OSP state. To change the outputs
the module first has to leave OSP state. When reentering Operational State, the outputs are still kept
with their OSP value until new valid values are written.
The reset circuitry gives a reset signal when the module is inserted until the BLOCK signal is
inactive and the POWOK signal is active. The BLOCK signal is deactivated when the module lock
mechanism is in the locked position. The POWOK comes from the FCI after power is applied.
DO815 provides two protection operation modes. Each channel can be configured to operate in one
of the two modes.
1. Automatic reset mode (Default mode): The output is switched off for a time interval by
the drivers over current protection. Operation is resumed when the output current is
below a reset value.
2. Fault latching mode (This mode in not applicable in all controllers): The output is
switched off by any of the faultconditions. The fault latch remains in fault condition
until reset by temporarily setting the automatic reset mode.

3BSE 020 924R201

213

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

The output drivers are current limited and protected against over load. If an output has a short circuit
to ground the output current will be limited and the driver will shutdown in order to minimize the
power dissipation. In the automatic reset mode the output will switch on again automatically after a
defined time interval. If the short circuit condition is still present, the output is turned of again,
otherwise the normal operation is resumed. In the fault latching mode the output remains off until
the fault condition is not valid and the reset of the fault latch is activated. If any output is shutdown
due to fault condition the indication LED (Yellow) on that channel remains on if the channel is
activated.The output status of the channel can be read from the module.
Three different types of MTUs can be used, TU830 Extended MTU and TU810 (or TU814)
Compact MTU have terminals for 24V process voltage supervision inputs and two terminals per
channels.
Technical Data

7DEOH $ '2'LJLWDO2XWSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV

Feature

214

DO815
Digital Output Module

Number of channels

8 (2 x 4)

Type of output

High side driver,

short circuit proof

Process voltage (L+)

Normal
Range

24V d.c.
10 - 32V d.c.

On-state output voltage drop

Max. 0.5V

Load current, maximum

2 A @ 24V, 2,5A @ 30V

Total permissible current of outputs per group

Max. 6A

Short circuit current

Max. 4A

Open load detection current

< 6 mA

Leakage current, maximum

Max. 500 A

Output impedance

<0.25 ohm

Filament lamp load

only in Automatic reset mode

Max. 10W

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.21 DO815 Digital Output Module 24V, 2A, Current Sourcing

7DEOH $ '2'LJLWDO2XWSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

Feature

DO815
Digital Output Module

Inductive load switch off energy

Max. 1J

Output signal delay

Max. 0.2 ms

Switching frequency resistive load

Max. 200 Hz

Switching frequency inductive load

Max. 2.5 Hz

Maximum Field Cable Length

600 meters (656 yd.)

Current consumption +5V

120 mA, 150 mA max.

Power dissipation

(1)

4 W @ 24V

Output Set as Predetermined (OSP) timer

256 (2), 512, 1024 ms

Isolation

Groupwise isolated from

ground (RIV=50V)

Module termination units

TU810, TU814 or TU830

MTU keying code

AA

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC

536; (earth protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529,

(IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

50V

Dielectric test voltage

500V a.c.

Width

45 mm (1.77)

Depth

97 mm (3.8), 106 mm
(4.2) including connector

Height

119 mm (4.7)

Weight

0.2 kg (0.44 lbs.)

(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated.

(2) 256 ms are used for Master. Set by the user for MOD.

3BSE 020 924R201

215

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Block Diagram DO815

BIC

CH 1-4

WARNING

CH 1

OSP

RESET

CTR
4 1-4
/

L1+
O1
L1+
O2
.
.
L1+
O4
L1-

DAT
DAT-N

RS-485

POS0-9
BLOCK

EEPROM

GROUP 2
CH 5-8
ERR.
4
/ 5-8
CH
4 5-8
/
4 CTR
/
5-8

F 5-8

Fault Mode
Contol

ModuleBus Connector

0V

CH 2
.
.
CH 4

L1+

Process Connector

MBI-1
ASIC

X1

POWER-OK

OUTPUTDRIVERS

Fault Mode Control

RUN

+5VI
+5V

F 1-4

ERR.
4 1-4
/

FAULT

216

X2

GROUP 1

OUTPUTDRIVERS

L2+
L2+
4
/

O 5-8
L2-

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.21 DO815 Digital Output Module 24V, 2A, Current Sourcing

Process Connections

7DEOH $ '23URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

Process
Connection

3BSE 020 924R201

TU830
Terminal

+24V d.c.

L1+ (2)

L1+ (2)

0V d.c.

L1-

L1- (2)

Ch 1/ L1+

B1, B2

Ch 1 Output

C1, B1

C1, C2

Ch 1/L1-

A1

A1, A2

Ch 2/L1+

B3, B4

Ch 2 Output

C2, B2

C3

Ch 2/, L1-

A2

A3, A4

Ch 3/ L1+

B5, B6

Ch 3Output

C3, B3

C5

Ch 3/ L1-

A3

A5, A6

Ch 4/ L1+

B7, B8

Ch 4 Output

C4, B4

C7

Ch 4/ L1-

A4

A7, A8

Ch 5/ L2+

B9, B10

Ch 5 Output

C5, B5

C9

Ch 5/ L2-

A5

A9, A10

Ch 6/ L2+

B11, B12

Ch 6 Output

C6, B6

C11

Ch 6/ L2-

A6

A11, A12

Ch 7/ L2+

B13, B14

217

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

7DEOH $ '23URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

Process
Connection

218

TU830
Terminal

Ch 7 Output

C7, B7

C13

Ch 7/ L2-

A7

A13, A14

Ch 8/ L2+

B15, B16

Ch 8 Output

C8, B8

C15

Ch 8/ L2-

A8

A15, A16

+24V d.c.

L2+ (2)

L2+ (2)

0V d.c.

L2-

L2- (2)

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.21 DO815 Digital Output Module 24V, 2A, Current Sourcing

Figure A-55 shows the process connections for the Digital Output Module DO815 when installed on
an TU830 Extended MTU.

DO815

TU830

6.3 A
Fuse
L1+
O1
L1L1+
O2
L1L1+
O3
L1L1+
O4
L1L2+
O5
L2L2+
O6
L2L2+
O7
L2L2+
O8
L26.3 A
Fuse
EM

Process

L1+
L1+
L1L1-

+24V
0V

B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2

L1+
Ch1

B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4

L1+
Ch2

B5,A6
C5
C6
A5,A6

L1+
Ch3

B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10

L1+
Ch4

B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12

L2+
Ch6

B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,A16
C15
C16
A15,A16

L2+
Ch7

L2+
L2+
L2L2-

L1-

L1-

L1-

L1L2+
Ch5
L2-

L2-

L2L2+
Ch8
L2+24V
0V

)LJXUH $ DO815 with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

219

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-56 shows the process connections for the DO815 when installed on a TU810 or TU814
Compact MTU.

DO815

TU810
(or TU814)

Process

L1+

+24V

L1-

0V

L1+
C1
B1
A1

O1
L1-

Ch1
L1-

L1+
O2
L1-

L1-

C3
B3
A3

L1-

L1+
O3
L1L1+
C4
B4
A4

O4
L1L2+
O5
L2L2+
O6
L2-

O8
L2-

EM

Ch3

Ch4
L1Ch5

C5
B5
A5

L2-

C6
B6
A6

L2-

L2+
O7
L2L2+

Ch2

C2
B2
A2

Ch6

C7
B7
A7

Ch7

C8
B8
A8

Ch8
L2-

L2+

+24V

L2-

0V

)LJXUH $ DO815 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections

220

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.22 DO820 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Open

A.22 DO820 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Open

Features

8 channels for 230V a.c./d.c. relay Normal Open (NO) outputs

Output status indicators

F
R
W
O

OSP sets outputs to predetermined state upon error detection

EMC protection

DIN rail mounting.

8 isolated channels

Description

The DO820 is an 8 channel 230V a.c./d.c. relay (NO) output module

for the S800 I/O. The maximum output voltage is 250V a.c./d.c. and
the maximum continuous output current is 3A. All outputs are
individually isolated.

Each output channel consists of optical isolation barrier, output state

indication LED, relay driver, relay and EMC protection components.

6
7
8

Four LEDs indicate module status Fault (Red), Run (Green), Warning
DO820
(Yellow) and OSP (Yellow). One LED (Yellow) per channel (8)
NO 24 - 250V
indicate output state (On = 1 and Off = 0). The RUN LED indicates
normal operation and the WARNING LED indicates if any error is
active. The FAULT LED indicates that the module is in Init state or Not Configured state. In Not
Configured state the FAULT LED is turned off after the first valid access to the module. The OSP
LED indicates that the module is in the OSP state and that the outputs are set to their OSP values.
The relay supply voltage supervision, derived from the 24V distributed on the ModuleBus, gives an
error signal if the voltage disappears, and the Warning LED turns on. The error signal can be read
via the ModuleBus. This supervision can be enabled/disabled with a parameter.

3BSE 020 924R201

221

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

The outputs of the module will be set to a predetermined value if the OSP-watchdog timer expires or
if the SetOSPState command is received. The watchdog timer which is set by the controller and is
used for ModuleBus supervision. The watchdog timer is re-triggered every time the correct node
address has been decoded (or broadcast). If the watchdog timer expires or if the SetOSPState
command is received, the module enters the OSP state and the active outputs (if any) are set to their
OSP values which can be configured as a predefined value or to use the last good value sent.
The output values will be kept as long as the module stays in the OSP state. To change the outputs
the module first has to leave this state. When reentering Operational State, the outputs are still kept
with their OSP value until new valid values are written.
The reset circuitry gives a reset signal when the module is inserted until the BLOCK signal is
inactive and the POWOK signal is active. The BLOCK signal is deactivated when the module lock
mechanism is in the locked position. The POWOK comes from the FCI after power is applied.
Four different types of MTUs can be used. The TU831 Extended MTU and TU811 Compact MTU
enables two wire connection to the devices without additional terminals. The extended MTUs,
TU836, provides an individual fuse (3A max.) per channel on the load outlet terminals.
The extended MTUs, TU837, provides an individual fuse (3A max.) per channel. Outputs can be
individually isolated or grouped by bridging. Signal return terminals are provided in two groups of
four terminals.
Technical Data

7DEOH $ '2'LJLWDO2XWSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV

DO820
Digital Output Module

Feature

222

Number of channels

Type of output

Relay (NO)

Voltage range

5 - 250V a.c./d.c.

Load current, maximum

3A

Load current, minimum

5 mA

Switch on current during 50 ms/s

2000VA (max 10A)

Max. make current

30A, 220ms, L/R >10 ms

Max break power

720 VA @ power factor

> 0.4, 40 W d.c.

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.22 DO820 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Open

7DEOH $ '2'LJLWDO2XWSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

Feature

DO820
Digital Output Module

Maximum field cable length (d.c., a.c.)

600 meters (656 yd.)

Pick-up time, maximum

9 ms

Release time, maximum

5 ms

Number of operations per hour, maximum 2000

Number of operations per lifetime:
Mechanical

>20 x 106

Electrical

>1 x 106

Current consumption +5V

60 mA

Current consumption +24V

140 mA

Power dissipation

(1)

2.9 W

Output Set as Predetermined (OSP) timer 256 (2), 512, 1024 ms

Power supervision

24/12V Relay power

converter monitor

Isolation

Individually isolated from

ground (RIV=250V)

Module termination units

TU811, TU831, TU836 or

TU837

MTU keying code

AD

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC

536; (earth protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529,

(IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

250V

Dielectric test voltage

2000V a.c.

Width

45 mm (1.77)

Depth

97 mm (3.8), 106 mm
(4.2) including connector

3BSE 020 924R201

223

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

7DEOH $ '2'LJLWDO2XWSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

DO820
Digital Output Module

Feature
Height

119 mm (4.7)

Weight

0.23 kg (0.5 lbs.)

(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated.

(2) 256 ms are used for Master. Set by the user for MOD.

Block Diagram DO820

X1

OUTPUT CHANNELS

BIC
+24V

12V

0V-24V

24V
X2

WARNING

12V SUPERVISION
ERROR 1-8

OSP

POWER-OK
0V
DAT
DAT-N

MBI-1
ASIC

CH 1

O 1.1
O 1.2
O 2.1

CH 2

O 2.2

RS-485

POS0-9
BLOCK

.
.
.

Process Connector

+5VI
+5V

RESET

ModuleBus Connector

FAULT
RUN

.
.
.

O 8.1
EEPROM

224

CH 8

O 8.2

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.22 DO820 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Open

Process Connections

7DEOH $ '23URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV

Process
Connection

TU811
Terminal

TU831
Terminal

TU836
Terminal

TU837
Terminal

Ch 1.1 Output

B1

B1

11 (fused)

B1

Ch 1.2 Output

A1

A1

12

A1 (fused)

Ch 2.1 Output

C2

B2

21 (fused)

B2

Ch 2.2 Output

A2

A2

22

A2 (fused)

Ch 3.1 Output

B3

B3

31 (fused)

B3

Ch 3.2 Output

A3

A3

32

A3 (fused)

Ch 4.1 Output

C4

B4

41 (fused)

B4

Ch 4.2 Output

A4

A4

42

A4 (fused)

Ch 5.1 Output

B5

B5

51 (fused)

B5

Ch 5.2 Output

A5

A5

52

A5 (fused)

Ch 6.1 Output

C6

B6

61 (fused)

B6

Ch 6.2 Output

A6

A6

62

A6 (fused)

Ch 7.1 Output

B7

B7

71 (fused)

B7

Ch 7.2 Output

A7

A7

72

A7 (fused)

Ch 8.1 Output

C8

B8

81 (fused)

B8

Ch 8.2 Output

A8

A8

82

A8 (fused)

Process Power
Source 1

L1, N1

N1, N1, 11,

12, 13, 14

Process Power
Source 2

L2, N2

N2, N2, 25,

26, 27, 28

3BSE 020 924R201

225

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-57 shows the process connections for the Digital Output Module DO820 when installed on
a TU831 Extended MTU.

DO820

TU831

Process

5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
O 1.1
O 1.2

B1
A1

Ch1.1
Ch1.2

O 2.1
O 2.2

B2
A2

Ch2.1
Ch2.2

O 3.1
O 3.2

B3
A3

Ch3.1
Ch3.2

O 4.1
O 4.2

B4
A4

Ch4.1
Ch4.2

O 5.1
O 5.2

B5
A5

Ch5.1
Ch5.2

O 6.1
O 6.2

B6
A6

Ch6.1
Ch6.2

O 7.1
O 7.2

B7
A7

Ch7.1
Ch7.2

O 8.1
O 8.2

B8
A8

Ch8.1
Ch8.2

5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.

EM

)LJXUH $ DO820 with TU831 Extended MTU Process Connections

226

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.22 DO820 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Open

Figure A-58 shows the process connections for the DO820 when installed on a TU811 Compact
MTU.

DO820

TU811

Process

5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
O 1.1
O 1.2

B1
A1

Ch1.1
Ch1.2

O 2.1
O 2.2

C2
A2

Ch2.1
Ch2.2

O 3.1
O 3.2

B3
A3

Ch3.1
Ch3.2

O 4.1
O 4.2

C4
A4

Ch4.1
Ch4.2

O 5.1
O 5.2

B5
A5

Ch5.1
Ch5.2

O 6.1
O 6.2

C6
A6

Ch6.1
Ch6.2

O 7.1
O 7.2

B7
A7

Ch7.1
Ch7.2

O 8.1
O 8.2

C8
A8

Ch8.1
Ch8.2

5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.

EM

)LJXUH $ DO820 with TU811 Compact MTU Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

227

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-59 shows the process connections for the DO820 when installed on a TU836 Extended
MTU.

DO820

TU836

Process
L1
L1

5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.

N1
N1

O 1.1
O 1.2

O 2.1
O 2.2
O 3.1
O 3.2
O 4.1
O 4.2
O 5.1
O 5.2
O 6.1
O 6.2

O 7.1
O 7.2
O 8.1
O 8.2

3.15A

3.15A

3.15A

3.15A

3.15A

3.15A

3.15A

3.15A

11
12

Ch1.1
Ch1.2

21
22

Ch2.1
Ch2.2

31
32

Ch3.1
Ch3.2

41
42

Ch4.1
Ch4.2

51
52

Ch5.1
Ch5.2

61
62

Ch6.1
Ch6.2

71
72

Ch7.1
Ch7.2

81
82

Ch8.1
Ch8.2

L2
L2

EM

5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.

N2
N2

)LJXUH $ DO820 with TU836 Extended MTU Process Connections

228

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.22 DO820 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Open

Figure A-60 shows the process connections for the DO820 when installed on a TU837 Extended
MTU.

DO820

TU837
ZP1

Process
230V

N1
N1

O 1.1
O 1.2

B1
A1
3.15A

O 2.1
O 2.2
3.15A

O 3.1
O 3.2
3.15A

O 4.1
O 4.2

11
B2
A2

Ch2.1
Ch2.2

12

Bridging

B3
A3

Ch3.1
Ch3.2

13
B4
A4

3.15A

O 5.1
O 5.2

O 6.1
O 6.2
3.15A

3.15A

3.15A

Ch6.1
Ch6.2

26

Bridging

B7
A7

Ch7.1
Ch7.2

27
B8
A8

O 8.1
O 8.2

230V
Ch5.1
Ch5.2

25
B6
A6

O 7.1
O 7.2

Ch4.1
Ch4.2

14
B5
A5

3.15A

Ch1.1
Ch1.2

28

Ch8.1
Ch8.2
230V

N2
ZP2

230V

N2

EM

)LJXUH $ DO820 with TU837 Extended MTU Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

229

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

A.23 DO821 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Closed

Features

8 channels for 230V a.c./d.c. relay Normal Closed (NC) outputs

Output status indicators

F
R
W
O

OSP sets outputs to predetermined state upon error detection

EMC protection

DIN rail mounting.

8 isolated channels

Description

The DO821 is an 8 channel 230V a.c./d.c. relay (NC) output module

for the S800 I/O. The maximum output voltage is 250V a.c. and the
maximum continuous output current is 3A. All outputs are
individually isolated.

Each output channel consists of optical isolation barrier, output state

indication LED, relay driver, relay and EMC protection components.
Four LEDs indicate module status Fault (Red), Run (Green),
Warning (Yellow) and OSP (Yellow). One LED (Yellow) per
channel (8) indicate output state (On = 1 and Off = 0). The RUN
LED indicates normal operation and the WARNING LED indicates
if any error is active. The FAULT LED indicates that the module is
in Init state or Not Configured state. In Not Configured state the
FAULT LED is turned off after the first valid access to the module.
The OSP LED indicates that the module is in the OSP state and that
the outputs are set to their OSP values.

Remove field power

before replacement

6
7
8

DO821
NC 24 - 250V

Caution
Since the module has normally closed
relay contacts the field power must be
removed before replacement.

The relay supply voltage supervision, derived from the 24V distributed on the ModuleBus, gives an
error signal if the voltage disappears, and the Warning LED turns on. The error signal can be read
via the ModuleBus. This supervision can be enabled/disabled with a parameter.

230

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.23 DO821 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Closed

The outputs of the module will be set to a predetermined value if the OSP-watchdog timer expires or
if the SetOSPState command is received. The watchdog timer which is set by the controller and is
used for ModuleBus supervision. The watchdog timer is re-triggered every time the correct node
address has been decoded (or broadcast). If the watchdog timer expires or if the SetOSPState
command is received, the module enters the OSP state and the active outputs (if any) are set to their
OSP values which can be configured as a predefined value or to use the last good value sent.
The output values will be kept as long as the module stays in the OSP state. To change the outputs
the module first has to leave this state. When reentering Operational State, the outputs are still kept
with their OSP value until new valid values are written.
The reset circuitry gives a reset signal when the module is inserted until the BLOCK signal is
inactive and the POWOK signal is active. The BLOCK signal is deactivated when the module lock
mechanism is in the locked position. The POWOK comes from the FCI after power is applied.
Four different types of MTUs can be used. The TU831 Extended MTU and TU811 Compact MTU
enables two wire connection to the devices without additional terminals. The extended MTU,
TU836, provides an individual fuse (3A max.) per channel on the load outlet terminals.
The extended MTU, TU837 provides an individual fuse (3A max.) per channel. Outputs can be
individually isolated or grouped by bridging. Signal return terminals are provided in two groups of
four terminals.
Technical Data

7DEOH $ '2'LJLWDO2XWSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV

DO821
Digital Output Module

Feature

3BSE 020 924R201

Number of channels

Type of output

Relay (NC)

Voltage range

5 - 250V a.c./d.c.

Load current, maximum

3A

Load current, minimum

5 mA

Switch on current during 50 ms/s

2000VA (max 10A)

Max. make current

30A, 220ms, L/R >10 ms

231

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

7DEOH $ '2'LJLWDO2XWSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

Feature

DO821
Digital Output Module

Max break power

720 VA @ power factor

> 0.4, 40 W d.c.

Maximum field cable length (d.c., a.c.)

600 meters (656 yd.)

Pick-up time, maximum

9 ms

Release time, maximum

5 ms

Number of operations per hour, maximum 2000

Number of operations per lifetime:
Mechanical

>20 x 106

Electrical

>1 x 106

Current consumption +5V

60 mA

Current consumption +24V

140 mA

Power dissipation (1)

2.9 W

Output Set as Predetermined (OSP) timer 256, 512, 1024 ms

232

Power supervision

24/12V Relay power

converter monitor

Isolation

Individually isolated from

ground (RIV=250V)

Module termination units

TU811, TU831, TU836 or

TU837

MTU keying code

CA

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC

536; (earth protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529,

(IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

250V

Dielectric test voltage

2000V a.c.

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.23 DO821 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Closed

7DEOH $ '2'LJLWDO2XWSXW0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

Feature

DO821
Digital Output Module

Width

45 mm (1.77)

Depth

97 mm (3.8), 106 mm
(4.2) including connector

Height

119 mm (4.7)

Weight

0.23 kg (0.5 lbs.)

(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated.

3BSE 020 924R201

233

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Block Diagram DO821

X1

OUTPUT CHANNELS

BIC
+24V

12V

0V-24V

24V
X2
FAULT
RUN

WARNING

POWER-OK
0V
DAT
DAT-N

MBI-1
ASIC

CH 1

O 1.1
O 1.2
O 2.1

CH 2

O 2.2

RS-485

POS0-9
BLOCK

.
.
.

Process Connector

+5VI
+5V

RESET

ModuleBus Connector

12V SUPERVISION
ERROR 1-8

OSP

.
.
.

O 8.1
EEPROM

234

CH 8

O 8.2

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.23 DO821 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Closed

Process Connections

7DEOH $ '23URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV

Process
Connection

TU811
Terminal

TU831
Terminal

TU836
Terminal

TU837
Terminal

Ch 1.1 Output

B1

B1

11 (fused)

B1

Ch 1.2 Output

A1

A1

12

A1 (fused)

Ch 2.1 Output

C2

B2

21 (fused)

B2

Ch 2.2 Output

A2

A2

22

A2 (fused)

Ch 3.1 Output

B3

B3

31 (fused)

B3

Ch 3.2 Output

A3

A3

32

A3 (fused)

Ch 4.1 Output

C4

B4

41 (fused)

B4

Ch 4.2 Output

A4

A4

42

A4 (fused)

Ch 5.1 Output

B5

B5

51 (fused)

B5

Ch 5.2 Output

A5

A5

52

A5 (fused)

Ch 6.1 Output

C6

B6

61 (fused)

B6

Ch 6.2 Output

A6

A6

62

A6 (fused)

Ch 7.1 Output

B7

B7

71 (fused)

B7

Ch 7.2 Output

A7

A7

72

A7 (fused)

Ch 8.1 Output

C8

B8

81 (fused)

B8

Ch 8.2 Output

A8

A8

82

A8 (fused)

Process Power
Source 1

L1, N1

N1, N1, 11, 12,

13, 14

Process Power
Source 2

L2, N2

N2, N2, 25,

26, 27, 28

3BSE 020 924R201

235

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-61 shows the process connections for the Digital Output Module DO821 when installed on
a TU831 Extended MTU.

DO821

TU831

Process

5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
O 1.1
O 1.2

B1
A1

Ch1.1
Ch1.2

O 2.1
O 2.2

B2
A2

Ch2.1
Ch2.2

O 3.1
O 3.2

B3
A3

Ch3.1
Ch3.2

O 4.1
O 4.2

B4
A4

Ch4.1
Ch4.2

O 5.1
O 5.2

B5
A5

Ch5.1
Ch5.2

O 6.1
O 6.2

B6
A6

Ch6.1
Ch6.2

O 7.1
O 7.2

B7
A7

Ch7.1
Ch7.2

O 8.1
O 8.2

B8
A8

Ch8.1
Ch8.2

5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.

EM

)LJXUH $ DO821 with TU831 Extended MTU Process Connections

236

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.23 DO821 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Closed

Figure A-62 shows the process connections for the DO821 when installed on a TU811 Compact
MTU.

DO821

TU811

Process

5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
O 1.1
O 1.2

B1
A1

Ch1.1
Ch1.2

O 2.1
O 2.2

C2
A2

Ch2.1
Ch2.2

O 3.1
O 3.2

B3
A3

Ch3.1
Ch3.2

O 4.1
O 4.2

C4
A4

Ch4.1
Ch4.2

O 5.1
O 5.2

B5
A5

Ch5.1
Ch5.2

O 6.1
O 6.2

C6
A6

Ch6.1
Ch6.2

O 7.1
O 7.2

B7
A7

Ch7.1
Ch7.2

O 8.1
O 8.2

C8
A8

Ch8.1
Ch8.2

5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.

EM

)LJXUH $ DO821 with TU811 Compact MTU Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

237

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-63 shows the process connections for the DO821 when installed on a TU836 Extended
MTU.

DO821

TU836

Process
L1
L1

5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.

N1
N1

O 1.1
O 1.2

O 2.1
O 2.2
O 3.1
O 3.2
O 4.1
O 4.2
O 5.1
O 5.2
O 6.1
O 6.2

O 7.1
O 7.2
O 8.1
O 8.2

3.15A

3.15A

3.15A

3.15A

3.15A

3.15A

3.15A

3.15A

11
12

Ch1.1
Ch1.2

21
22

Ch2.1
Ch2.2

31
32

Ch3.1
Ch3.2

41
42

Ch4.1
Ch4.2

51
52

Ch5.1
Ch5.2

61
62

Ch6.1
Ch6.2

71
72

Ch7.1
Ch7.2

81
82

Ch8.1
Ch8.2

L2
L2

EM

5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.

N2
N2

)LJXUH $ DO821 with TU836 Extended MTU Process Connections

238

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.23 DO821 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Closed

Figure A-64 shows the process connections for the DO821 when installed on a TU837 Extended
MTU.

DO821

TU837
ZP1

Process
230V

N1
N1

O 1.1
O 1.2

B1
A1
3.15A

O 2.1
O 2.2
3.15A

O 3.1
O 3.2
3.15A

O 4.1
O 4.2

11
B2
A2

Ch2.1
Ch2.2

12

Bridging

B3
A3

Ch3.1
Ch3.2

13
B4
A4

3.15A

O 5.1
O 5.2

O 6.1
O 6.2
3.15A

3.15A

3.15A

Ch6.1
Ch6.2

26

Bridging

B7
A7

Ch7.1
Ch7.2

27
B8
A8

O 8.1
O 8.2

230V
Ch5.1
Ch5.2

25
B6
A6

O 7.1
O 7.2

Ch4.1
Ch4.2

14
B5
A5

3.15A

Ch1.1
Ch1.2

28

Ch8.1
Ch8.2
230V

N2
ZP2

230V

N2

EM

)LJXUH $ DO821 with TU837 Extended MTU Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

239

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

A.24 DP820 Incremental Pulse Counter Module

Features

Two channels
Interface for RS422, 5V, 12V, 24V and 13 mA transducer signal
levels
Simultaneous pulse count and frequency measurement
Pulse count (length/position) by accumulation in a bidirectional
29 bit counter
Frequency (speed) measurement 0.25 Hz - 1.5 MHz
EMC protection
DIN rail mounting.
Description

The DP820 module consists of two identical independent channels.

Each channel can be used for independent pulse count (length/position)
and frequency (speed) measurement.

F
R
W
O
PX1
UP1
ST1
DI1
SY1
DO1
TP1
UL1
PX2
UP2
ST2
DI2
SY2
DO2
TP2
UL2

7UDQVGXFHU&RQQHFWLRQ
Each channel has four inputs (A, B, ST and DI) and one output (DO).
The input signals A and B are used as pulse inputs. The input signals
ST and DI is used for synchronizing, sampling and gated count
purposes.

DP820

The balanced inputs A, B and ST can be connected to pulse transducers with RS422, 5V, 12V, 24V
and 13mA signal levels if an extended MTU is used (TU830). Adaption to different signal levels is
made by using different terminals on the MTU (see chapter about process connection).
Only pulse transducers with RS422, 5V and 13mA signal levels can be used if an compact MTU is
used (TU810, TU812 or TU814).
The unipolar input (DI) is intended for 24V unipolar signal level.
The DO output is a short circuit proof digital output, current sourcing type, 24V d.c., 0.5A.
All signals are individually isolated.

240

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.24 DP820 Incremental Pulse Counter Module

All inputs have overvoltage protection. A maximum voltage of 30V can be connected without any
damages.
Shielded twisted pair cables with characteristic impedance=100 (+/- 25%) ohm shall be used for
connection of transducers with RS422/5V/13 mA signals.
The reset circuitry gives a reset signal when the module is inserted until the BLOCK signal is
inactive and the POWOK signal is active. The BLOCK signal is deactivated when the module lock
mechanism is in the locked position. The POWOK comes from the FCI after power is applied.
,QSXW)LOWHU
Each DP820 input has a configurable input filter (see Technical Data). Notice the following
restrictions for selection of filters for inputs A or B:
The 1s filter shall always be used when 12V and 24V inputs are used.
Unfiltered inputs can be used if RS422/+5V/13 mA inputs are used, but cables between transducers
and the DP820 module must then be separated from other cables to avoid that extra pulses occur due
to EMI.
3XOVH(QFRGLQJ
The following different methods for pulse encoding are supported by DP820:
Input A is used for counting up, input B is used for counting down, u/d.
Input A is used for pulse counting, input B is used to determine count direction, c/d,
B=0: down, B=1: up.
Input A and B is used for a quadrature encoded signals. Multiplication factors
*1, *2 and *4 can be specified. Count direction is determined by A and B phase shift:
Up count
Down count

ABB: ... 00
ABB: ... 11

3BSE 020 924R201

10
10

11
00

01
01

00
11

10
10

...
...

241

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

A
B
PULSE
COUNT

-1

)LJXUH $ Up/Down Pulse Mode

A
B
PULSE
COUNT

-1

)LJXUH $ Count/Direction Mode

A
B
PULSE
COUNT

3
UP

DOWN

)LJXUH $ Quadrature Mode, #1 (Count on Pos. Edge Input A)

242

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.24 DP820 Incremental Pulse Counter Module

A
B
PULSE
COUNT

UP

-1

DOWN

)LJXUH $ Quadrature Mode, #2 (Count on Pos. Edge and

Neg. Edge Input A)

A
B
PULSE
COUNT

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

UP

13121110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 -1 -2 -3

DOWN

Figure A-69. Quadrature Mode, #4 (Count on Pos. Edge and

Neg. Edge Input A and Input B)

3XOVH&RXQW/HQJWK3RVLWLRQ0HDVXUHPHQW

Pulse count is done by pulse accumulation in a 29-bit (28bit + sign) bidirectional pulse counter.
The pulse counter value is normally continuously loaded into the pulse register (see block diagram).
A pulse count sample condition can be specified by the user. When a sample condition is fulfilled is
the value in the pulse register freezed. The value in the pulse register will remain freezed until a
freeze disable command is received from the controller. The pulse accumulation in the pulse counter
continues during the time when the pulse register is frozen
The value of the pulse register (that is, actual pulse count value or freezed value) is read by the
CPU, and transferred to the controller.

3BSE 020 924R201

243

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

The pulse counter is synchronized (that is, set to zero) if a user selectable synchronization condition
is fulfilled.
A comparator is used to compare the value of the pulse counter with the content of the compare
register. The value of the compare register is specified by the user. A coincidence occur when a
equal condition is detected by the comparator.
The coincidence function can be used to control the digital output signal (DO), as pulse count
sample condition, as synchronization condition and as frequency sample condition (see below).
The pulse counter has overflow detection.
Gated Count Mode

In gated count mode the pulse counter only counts when the gate is active. The gate is controlled by
the DI input. The gate can be controlled in two different ways:
The DI input is level sensitive, that is, the counter only counts when DI = high.
The DI input is edge sensitive, that is, the counter starts count on a positive edge on the DI input,
stops on the next positive edge, continues on the next positive edge, and so forth.

A
Level sensitive
DI
Counter
Value

Edge sensitive
DI
Counter
Value

)LJXUH $ Gated Count Mode in Two different Ways

Synchronization and sample conditions which uses the DI signal as part of the condition can not be
used in gated count mode.

244

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.24 DP820 Incremental Pulse Counter Module

)UHTXHQF\VSHHG0HDVXUHPHQW

The frequency measurement function consists of two counters, that is, the SX and SR counters (see
block diagram). The SX counter is used to count number of pulses (Sx) from the unknown input
frequency. The SR counter is used to count the number of pulses (Sr) from a reference frequency
source with frequency FREF. The frequency value (Fx) is calculated as:
Fx = FREF * Sx / Sr
The SX counter is implemented by a 24 bit up/down counter (23 bit + sign). The SR counter is
implemented by a 24 bit up-counter.
The SX and SR counters accumulates pulses during a measurement period. The measurement period
can be determined in two different ways (user selectable):
By a measurement interval timer.
By the coincidence comparator function.
With the first method is a measurement interval for each channel defined by the user in increments
of 1 ms from 1 to 2,000 ms. By changing the measurement interval the user can select a suitable
filter time (integration time) with respect to the applications requirements.
With the second method is the measure interval controlled by the coincidence function, that is, a
measurement interval is started when a coincidence is detected. Next coincidence terminates the
measurement interval, and starts a new measurement interval.
At the end of each measurement period are the SX and SR registers is updated with the value of the
SX and SR counters. The CPU reads the content in the SX and SR registers and calculates a
frequency value.
It is possible to synchronize frequency measurements between the two channels, that is, the
measurement period from one of the channels is then used by both channels.
A frequency sample condition can be specified by the user. When a sample condition is fulfilled is
the value in the SX and SR registers freezed. The value in the SX and SR registers will remain
freezed until a freeze disable command is received from the controller. The pulse accumulation in
the SX and SR counters continues during the time when the SX and SR registers is frozen
The reference counter (SR) has a overflow detection function. The SR overflow will be activated if
no incoming pulses has been detected during 4.3 s. When the CPU detects SR overflow, is the
frequency value set to zero.

3BSE 020 924R201

245

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

'LJLWDO2XWSXW
The digital output function can be configured in four different ways:
1. The digital output DO is activated when coincidence occur, and inactivated after a
configurable pulse-length (1ms - 65535 ms).
2. The digital output DO is activated when DOVALUE =1, and inactivated after a configurable
pulse-length (1ms - 65535 ms). The function is retriggable.
3. The digital output DO is activated when DOVALUE=1, and deactivated DOVALUE=0.
4. The digital output DO is activated when coincidence occur DQG the DOVALUE =1, and
inactivated when DOVALUE=0.

1.

DOTIME, 1ms - 65535 ms

DO
COINC

2.

DOTIME, 1ms - 65535 ms

DO
DOVALUE=1

3.

DO
DOVALUE=1

4.

DOVALUE=0

DO
COINC and DOVALUE=1

DOVALUE=0

)LJXUH $ Configuration of Digital Output Function

263)XQFWLRQ
The digital outputs will be set to a predetermined value if the OSP-watchdog timer expires or if the
SetOSPState command is received. The watchdog timer is re-triggered every time the correct
module address has been decoded (or broadcast). If the watchdog timer expires or if the
SetOSPState command is received, the module enters the OSP state.

246

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.24 DP820 Incremental Pulse Counter Module

The function in OSP state, and when reentering the operational state, will be different depending on
how the DO function is configured (see Digital Output 1 - 4 above):
1. Function in OSP state: No more pulses will be activated as long as the module remains in
OSP state. The DO pulse is always completed if the OSP-state is entered during an active DO
pulse (this is, the pulse width is always in accordance with the DOTIME value).
Function when reentering operational state: The coincidence function has to be enabled
before normal DO function will start.
2. Function in OSP state: Same as in 1. above. Function when reentering operational state: A
new
DO-pulse will be started as soon as a modulebus frame with DOVALUE=1 is received.
3. Function in OSP state: The digital outputs are set to their OSP values which can be configured
as a predefined value or to use last good value sent.
Function when reentering operational state: The outputs keeps the OSP value until a
modulebus frame with a new DOVALUE value is received.
4. Same as 3.
/(',QGLFDWRUV
For description about the LED-indicators with comments see Table A-49
7DEOH $ 'HVFULSWLRQRI/(',QGLFDWRUV
Name

Name

Color

PX1

PX2

Yellow

Activated on each pulse on A or B input

(>0.5s flash)

UP1

UP2

Yellow

Activated when count direction = up

ST1

ST2

Yellow

Activated on each pulse on ST input

(>0.5s flash)

DI1

DI2

Yellow

Activated on each pulse on DI input

(>0.5s flash)

SY1

SY2

Yellow

Activated on PSX counter sync. (>0.5s flash)

DO1

DO2

Yellow

Activated when DO is activated (>0.5s flash)

TP1

TP2

Green

Transducer power OK

3BSE 020 924R201

Comments

247

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Technical Data

7DEOH $ '3'LJLWDO3XOVH&RXQWHU0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV

DP820
Digital Pulse Counter

Feature
Number of channels

Power Supply voltage

24V d.c.
(12 to 32V d.c.)

Max non-destructive voltage on inputs

A, B, ST or DI

30V d.c.

Maximum field cable length

200 m

Cable type
Characteristic impedance

Shielded, twisted pair

100 (+/- 25%) ohm

Configurable input filters

Input A and B

Unfiltered or 1 s

Input ST

1 s or 1 ms

Input DI

1 ms or 5 ms

Max input frequency / Min pulse width,

input A and B
RS422/+5V/13mA - range
Filter = unfiltered
Pulse encoding = u/d or c/d

1.5 MHz / 333 ns

Pulse encoding = quadrature

750 kHz / 667 ns

Filter = 1 s
Pulse encoding = u/d or c/d

200 kHz / 2.5 s

Pulse encoding = quadrature

100 kHz / 5 s

12V - range (only TU830)

Filter = unfiltered

Not allowed

Filter = 1 s

248

Pulse encoding = u/d or c/d

200 kHz / 2.5 s

Pulse encoding = quadrature

100 kHz / 5 s

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.24 DP820 Incremental Pulse Counter Module

7DEOH $ '3'LJLWDO3XOVH&RXQWHU0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

DP820
Digital Pulse Counter

Feature
24V - range (only TU830)
Filter = unfiltered

Not allowed

Filter = 1 s
Pulse encoding = u/d or c/d

200 kHz / 2.5 s

Pulse encoding = quadrature

100 kHz / 5 s

Max. input frequency/Min. pulse width,

input ST
All voltage ranges
Filter = 1 s

200 kHz / 2.5 s

Filter = 1 ms

1 kHz / 500 s

Max. input frequency/Min. pulse width,

input DI
Filter = 1 s

1 kHz / 500 s

Filter = 1 ms

0.1 kHz / 5 s

Input impedance, A, B and ST -inputs

RS422/+5V/13mA - range

100

12V - range (only TU830)

1 k

24V - range (only TU830)

2 k

Input impedance, DI - input

2.5 k

3BSE 020 924R201

249

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

7DEOH $ '3'LJLWDO3XOVH&RXQWHU0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

DP820
Digital Pulse Counter

Feature
Input signal voltage range
Input A, B, ST
RS422/+5V/13mA - range
1

2.8V to 30V

-30V to 1.0V

12V - range (only TU830)

1

8V to 30V

-30V to 2.0V

24V - range (only TU830)

1

15V to 30V

-30V to 5.0V

Input DI
1

15V to 30V

-30V to 5.0V

Digital output, max. load current

0.5 A

Digital output, max. short circuit current

2.4 A

Digital output, max. leakage current

10 A

Digital output, max. output impedance

0.4

Max. frequency measurement error

Relative error

[320/(MEASTIMEx in ms)] ppm

Absolute error

[(320/(MEASTIMEx in ms)) +100] ppm

DP820 current consumption, +5V

120 mA

Power dissipation

2.5 W

Output Set as Predetermined (OSP) timer 256, 512, 1024 ms

Process voltage supervision

250

2 channels (1 per group)

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.24 DP820 Incremental Pulse Counter Module

7DEOH $ '3'LJLWDO3XOVH&RXQWHU0RGXOH6SHFLILFDWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

DP820
Digital Pulse Counter

Feature
Isolation

Individually isolated channels

(RIV = 50V)

Mounting termination units

TU810, TU812, TU814 or TU830

MTU keying code

CB

Block Diagram DP820

FAULT
RUN
WARNING

X1

(MODULE
BUS
COMM.)

CLK- RS485
POS0-6
BLOCK

COMPARE
REGISTER

COINC COINC
COMP

FREQUENCY

COUNT
SX
SX
DIR
REGISTER COUNTER
Fref
SR
SR
REGISTER COUNTER
CHANNEL2 (FPGA)

OSP
PX1

PX2

UP1

UP2

ST1

ST2

CPU

DI2 (CONTROL
OF MODULE
SY1 SY2 BUS COMM.)
DO1 DO2
(FREQUENCY
TP1 TP2 CALC.)

PULSE COUNT
COUNT
PULSE
PULSE
DIR
REGISTER COUNTER
COMPARE
REGISTER

COINC COINC
COMP

DI1

UL1

UL2

3BSE 020 924R201

FREQUENCY

COUNT
SX
SX
DIR
REGISTER COUNTER
Fref
SR
SR
REGISTER COUNTER

A1

PULSE
DECODER

B1

ST1
DI1
DO1
A2

B2
PULSE
DECO- ST2
DER
DI2
DO2
TP2

L1+

X2

CA+_1
CA-_1
VA_11, VA_12
CB+_1
CB-_1
VB_11, VB_12
CST+_1
CST-_1
VST_11, VST_12
DI_1
DO_1
CA+_2
CA-_2
VA_21, VA_22

PROCESS CONNECTOR

DAT+
CLK+

TP1

COUNT
PULSE
PULSE
DIR
REGISTER COUNTER
MBI2

DAT- RS485

CHANNEL1 (FPGA)
PULSE COUNT

RESET

MODULEBUS CONNECTOR

+5VI
+5V
POWER-OK
0V

CB+_2
CB-_2
VB_21, VB_22
CST+_2
CST-_2
VST_21, VST_22
DI_2
DO_2
L2+

251

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Process Connections

7DEOH $ '33URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

Process
Connection

252

TU812
D-Sub 25 Male
Connector (1)

TU830
Terminal

+24V d.c.

L1+ (2)

1, 14

L1+ (2)

0V d.c. (ZP)

L1-

2, 15

L1- (2)

Ch1, CA+

C1

C1

Ch1, CA-

B1

16

C2

Ch1, VA_1

B1

Ch1, VA_2

B2

Ch1, Zp

A1

A1, A2

Ch1, CB+

C2

C3

Ch1, CB-

B2

17

C4

Ch1, VB_1

B3

Ch1, VB_2

B4

Ch1, Zp

A2

A3, A4

Ch1, CST+

C3

C5

Ch1, CST-

B3

18

C6

Ch1, VST_1

B5

Ch1, VST_2

B6

Ch1, Zp

A3

A5, A6

Ch1, DI

C4

C7

Ch1, DO

B4

19

C8

Ch1, L1+

B7

Ch1, VST_2

B8

Ch1, Zp

A4

A7, A8

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.24 DP820 Incremental Pulse Counter Module

7DEOH $ '33URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal

Process
Connection

TU812
D-Sub 25 Male
Connector (1)

TU830
Terminal

Ch2, CA+

C5

C9

Ch2, CA-

B5

20

C10

Ch2, VA_1

B9

Ch2, VA_2

B10

Ch2, Zp

A5

A9, A10

Ch2, CB+

C6

C11

Ch2, CB-

B6

21

C12

Ch2, VB_1

B11

Ch2, VB_2

B12

Ch2, Zp

A6

A11, A12

Ch2, CST+

C7

C13

Ch2, CST-

B7

22

C14

Ch2, VST_1

B13

Ch2, VST_2

B14

Ch2, Zp

A7

A13, A14

Ch2, DI

C8

10

C15

Ch2, DO

B8

23

C16

Ch2, L1+

B15

Ch2, VST_2

B16

Ch2, Zp

A8

A15, A16

+24V d.c.

L2+ (2)

11, 24

L2+ (2)

0V d.c. (ZP)

L2-

12, 25

L2- (2)

(1) Pin 13 connected to connector body for EM.

3BSE 020 924R201

253

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-72 shows the process connections for DP820 when installed on a TU810 or TU814 MTU.

PROCESS
RS422

+24V
0V

V+
0V
+
A
-

L1+
+24V
0V

L1+
L1C1
B1
A1

+
B
-

B2

CB-_1
VB_12

C3

CST+_1
VST_11

B3

CST-_1
VST_12

C4

DI_1
L1+

B4

DO_1
L1+

A4
V+
0V
A

C5

CA+_2
VA_21

B5

CA-_2
VA_22

A5
B

ST

C6

CB+_2
VB_21

B6
A6

CB-_2
VB_22

C7

CST+_2
VST_21

B7

CST-_2
VST_22

A7

V+
0V

+24V
0V

C8

DI_2
L2+

B8

DO_2
L1+

A8
L2+
L2+
L2-

DP820

CA-_1
VA_12
CB+_1
VB_11

A3

+5V

L1+
L1CA+_1
VA_11

C2

A2
+
ST
-

TU810 or
TU814

L2+
L2-

EM

)LJXUH $ DP820 with TU810 or TU814 MTU Process Connections

254

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.24 DP820 Incremental Pulse Counter Module

Figure A-73 shows the process connections for DP820 when installed on a TU812 MTU.

PROCESS
CONNECTION

14
2
15
3

14
2
15
3

L1+
L1CA+_1
VA_11

16

16

CA-_1
VA_12

CB+_1
VB_11

17

17

CB-_1
VB_12

CST+_1
VST_11

18

18

CST-_1
VST_12

DI_1
L1+

19

19

DO_1
L1+

CA+_2
VA_21

20

20

CA-_2
VA_22

CB+_2
VB_21

21

21

CB-_2
VB_22

CST+_2
VST_21

22

22

CST-_2
VST_22

10

10

23
11
24
12
25
13

23
11
24
12
25
13

DI_2
L2+
DO_2
L2+
L2+
L2-

TU812
DP820

EM

)LJXUH $ DP820 with TU812 MTU Process Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

255

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Figure A-74 shows the process connections for DP820 when installed on a TU830 MTU, and with
RS422 transducer connected to channel 1 and +5V transducer to channel 2.

L1+
+24V L1+
L10V
L1C1
B1
A1
C2
B2
A2

PROCESS
RS422
+
A
-

TU830

6.3A
Fuse

L1+
L1CA+_1
VA_11
CA-_1
VA_12
CB+_1
VB_11

C3
B3
A3
C4
B4
A4
C5
B5
A5
B6
C6
A6

+
B
+
ST
-

CB-_1
VB_12
CST+_1
VST_11
CST-_1
VST_12
DI_1
L1+

C7
B7
A7
C8
B8
A8
5V

V+
0V
A

DO_1
L1+

CA+_2
VA_21

C1
B1
A1
C2
B2
A2

CA-_2
VA_22
CB+_2
VB_21

C3
B3
A3
C4
B4
A4
C5
B5
A5
B6
C6
A6

ST

V+
0V

+24V
0V

C7
B7
A7
C8
B8
A8
L2+
L2+
L2L2-

DP820

CB-_2
VB_22
CST+_2
VST_21
CST-_2
VST_22
DI_2
L2+
DO_2
L1+
6.3A
Fuse

L2+
L2-

EM

)LJXUH $ DP820 with TU830 MTU Process Connections and with Transducer Connections

256

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.24 DP820 Incremental Pulse Counter Module

Figure A-75 shows the process connections for DP820 when installed on a TU830 MTU, and with
+24V transducer connected to channel 1 and +12V transducer to channel 2.

PROCESS

L1+
+24V L1+
L1L10V
C1
B1
A1
C2
B2
A2

24V
A

CB+_1
VB_11

C5
B5
A5
C6
B6
A6

CST+_1
VST_11

C7
B7
A7
C8
B8
A8

DI_1
L1+

CA+_2
VA_21

1.8k

C1
B1
A1
C2
B2
A2

CB+_2
VB_21

1.8k

C3
B3
A3
C4
B4
A4

CST+_2
VST_21

1.8k

C5
B5
A5
B6
C6
A6
C7
B7
A7
C8
B8
A8
L2+
L2+
L2L2-

DI_2
L2+

ST

12V
A

ST

0V

+24V
0V

DP820

CA-_1
VA_12

C3
B3
A3
C4
B4
A4

V+

TU830
L1+
L1CA+_1
VA_11

6.3A
Fuse

CB-_1
VB_12

CST-_1
VST_12

DO_1
L1+

CA-_2
VA_22

CB-_2
VB_22

CST-_2
VST_22

DO_2
L1+
6.3A
Fuse

L2+
L2-

EM

)LJXUH $ DP820 with TU830 MTU Process Connections and Transducer Connections

3BSE 020 924R201

257

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

A.25 TU810 Compact MTU

Features

50 Volt applications - use with AI810, AI820, AI830,

AI835, AO810, AO820, DI810, DI811, DI814, DI830,
DI831, DI885, DO810, DO814, DO815, and DP820 I/O
modules
Compact installation of I/O modules using one-wire
connections
Up to 16 channels of field signals and process power
connections
Connections to ModuleBus and I/O modules
E
F

Mechanical keying prevents insertion of the wrong I/O

module

A
B
C

E
F

Latching device to DIN rail for grounding

DIN rail mounting.

A
B
C

Description

The TU810 is a 16 channel 50V compact module

termination unit (MTU) for the S800 I/O. The MTU is a
passive unit used for connection of the field wiring to the
I/O modules. It also contains a part of the ModuleBus.
The TU810 MTU can have up to 16 I/O channels and two
process voltage connections. The maximum rated voltage
is 50V and maximum rated current is 2A per channel.
Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for
different types of I/O modules.

Row C
Row B
Row A

L1+

L1+

L1-

C1

B1

A1

C8

B8

A8

L2+

L2+

L2-

The MTU distributes the ModuleBus to the I/O module and

to the next MTU. It also generates the correct address to the I/O module by shifting the outgoing
position signals to the next MTU.
Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different types of I/O modules. This is only
a mechanical configuration and it does not affect the functionality of the MTU or the I/O module.

258

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.25 TU810 Compact MTU

Each key has six positions, which gives a total number of 36 different configurations.
The configuration can be changed with a screwdriver.
The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that locks the MTU to
the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its position.
This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps the module in its init
state until it is locked in its position.
The process signal terminals are divided into 2 equal and individually isolated groups. Each group
consists of 8 I/O connections, one process voltage connection and 5 common L- connections.
The top part of the MTU can be removed to replace the termination board even with an operational
system. Such a need can be caused by a damaged terminal screw.
Technical Data

7DEOH $ 78&RPSDFW0786SHFLILFDWLRQV

Item
Process Connections

Value
30
up to 16 I/O channels
2 x 2 Process power terminals
5 x 2 Process power 0V

Rated maximum continuous current per 2A

I/O channel
Rated maximum continuous current per 5A
process voltage connection (L+)
ModuleBus:
Maximum 5V current distribution
Maximum 24V current distribution

1.5A
1.5A

Acceptable Wire Sizes

Solid: 0.2 - 4 mm2

Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2,
24 - 12 AWG
Recommended torque
0.5 - 0.6 Nm

3BSE 020 924R201

259

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

7DEOH $ 78&RPSDFW0786SHFLILFDWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

Item

Value

Mechanical Keys (2)

36 different combinations

I/O Module Lock

Locks module and enables

operation

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC 536;

(earth protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529,

(IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

50V

Dielectric test voltage

500V a.c.

Width

64 mm (2.52) including
connector, 58.5 mm (2.3)
edge to edge installed

Depth

64 mm (2.52) including
terminals

Height

170 mm (6.7) including latch

Weight

0.17 kg (0.37 lbs.)

Connections

7DEOH $ 783URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQ6FUHZ7HUPLQDOV;

Position

260

Row A

Row B

Row C

L1-

L1+

L1+

A1 (L1-)

B1

C1

2 (L1-)

3 (L1-)

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.25 TU810 Compact MTU

7DEOH $ 783URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQ6FUHZ7HUPLQDOV;&RQWLQXHG

Position

Row B

Row C

4 (L1-)

5 (L2-)

6 (L2-)

7 (L2-)

A8 (L2-)

B8

C8

L2-

L2+

L2+

10

3BSE 020 924R201

Row A

261

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Block Diagram TU810

TU810

ModuleBus Connector
C/4 Male

I/O module
UP1

UP1

EM

ZP1

I1

ZP1

I1 1

I2

I 21

BLOCK

ZP1 1
I3

I4 2
ZP12

Module Process Connector

ModuleBus Connector Metral Female

2

3
/
/ 3

2
/

7
/

I3 2

I4
I5

I5 3
I6 3

I6
I7

I8 4

I8
I9
I 10

I9 5

I 11
I 12

I 11 6

I 13
I 14

I 13 7

I 15

I 15 8

I16

ZP1 3

I7 4

ZP1 4
I 10 5

ZP2 5

I 12 6
ZP2 6
I 14 7

ZP2 7

I 16 8

UP2
+5V
0V

+24V, 0V24

POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N

ZP2 8

ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female

262

ZP2

UP2
ZP2

EM

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.26 TU811 Compact MTU

A.26 TU811 Compact MTU

Features

250 Volt applications - use with DI820, DI821, DO820,

and DO821 I/O modules
Compact installation of I/O modules
Up to 8 isolated channels of field signals
Connections to ModuleBus and I/O modules
Mechanical keying prevents insertion of the wrong I/O
module
Latching device to DIN rail for grounding
E
F

DIN rail mounting.

D

A
B
C

Description

E
F

The TU811 is a 8 channel 250V compact module

termination unit (MTU) for the S800 I/O. The MTU is a
passive unit used for connection of the field wiring to the
I/O modules. It also contains a part of the ModuleBus.

A
B
C

The TU811 MTU can have up to 8 I/O channels.

The maximum rated voltage is 250V and maximum rated
current is 3A per channel. Two mechanical keys are used to
configure the MTU for different types of I/O modules.
The MTU distributes the ModuleBus to the I/O module
and to the next MTU. It also generates the correct address
to the I/O module by shifting the outgoing position signals
to the next MTU.

Row C
Row B
Row A

B1

A1

C8

A8

Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for

different types of I/O modules. This is only a mechanical
configuration and it does not affect the functionality of the MTU or the I/O module. Each key has
six positions, which gives a total number of 36 different configurations. The configuration can be
changed with a screwdriver.

3BSE 020 924R201

263

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that locks the MTU to
the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its position.
This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps the module in its init
state until it is locked in its position.
The process signal terminals has 8 individually isolated I/O channels. Each channel has two
connections.
The TU811 is primarily intended for modules with individually isolated channels.
The top part of the MTU can be removed to replace the termination board even with an operational
system. Such a need can be caused by a damaged terminal screw.
Technical Data

7DEOH $ 78&RPSDFW0786SHFLILFDWLRQV

Item
Process connections

Value
16
up to 8 I/O channels
(2 terminals per channel)

Rated maximum continuous current per 3A

I/O channel
ModuleBus:
Maximum 5V current distribution
Maximum 24V current distribution

1.5A
1.5A

Acceptable wire sizes

Solid: 0.2 - 4 mm 2
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
Recommended torque 0.5 - 0.6 Nm

264

Mechanical keys (2)

36 different combinations

I/O Module lock

Locks module and enables operation

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC 536; (earth

protected)

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.26 TU811 Compact MTU

7DEOH $ 78&RPSDFW0786SHFLILFDWLRQV

Item

Value

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529, (IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

250V

Dielectric test voltage

2000V a.c.

Width

64 mm (2.52) including connector, 58.5

mm (2.3) edge to edge installed

Depth

64 mm (2.52), including terminals

Height

170 mm (6.7) including latch

Weight

0.17 kg (0.37 lbs.)

Connections

7DEOH $ 783URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQ6FUHZ7HUPLQDOV;

Position (1)

Row A

Row B

Row C

NC

NC

NC

A1

B1

NC

NC

C2

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

A8

NC

C8

10

NC

NC

NC

(1) All positions marked NC are not mounted in the connector.

3BSE 020 924R201

265

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Block Diagram TU811

TU811
ModuleBus Connector
C/4 Male

I/O module

B
S1 1

I 1.1
I 1.2

EM

I 2.1

S2 1
S3 2

I 2.2

S4 2
S5 3

I 3.2

Module Process Connector

ModuleBus Connector Metral Female

BLOCK

I 3.1

I 4.1

S6 3
S7 4

I 4.2

S8 4
S9 5

I 5.1

S10 5

I 5.2
I 6.1

S11 6

I 6.2

S12 6
S13 7

I 7.1

I 8.1
I 8.2

+5V
0V

+24V, 0V24

S14 7

3
/
/ 3

7
/

I 7.2

POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N

S15 8
S16 8

EM

ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female

266

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.27 TU812 Compact MTU

A.27 TU812 Compact MTU

Features

50 Volt applications - use with AI810, AI820, AI830,

AI835, AO810, AO820, DI810, DI811, DI814, DI830,
DI831 DI885, DO810, DO814, and DP820 I/O modules
Compact installation of I/O modules using D-sub
connector.
Connections to ModuleBus and I/O modules
Mechanical keying prevents insertion of the wrong I/O
module
Latching device to DIN rail for grounding
E
F

DIN rail mounting.

D

B
C

E
F

Description
D

A
B
C

The TU812 is a 50V compact module termination unit

(MTU) for the S800 I/O system with 16 signal connections.
The MTU is a passive unit used for connection of the field
wiring. It also contains a part of the ModuleBus.

The TU812 MTU can have up to 16 I/O signals.

The maximum rated voltage is 50V and maximum rated
current is 2A per channel. The MTU distributes the
ModuleBus to the I/O module and to the next MTU. It also
generates the correct address to the I/O module by shifting
the outgoing position signals to the next MTU.
Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for
different types of I/O modules. This is only a mechanical
configuration and it does not affect the functionality of the
MTU or the I/O module. Each key has six positions, which
gives a total number of 36 different configurations. The configuration can be changed with a
screwdriver.

3BSE 020 924R201

267

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that locks the MTU to
the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its position.
This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps the module in its init
state until it is locked in its position.
The process signal connector is a D-Sub 25 pin (male).
The top part of the MTU can be removed to replace the termination board even with an operational
system. Such a need can be caused by a damaged terminal screw.
Technical Data

7DEOH $ 78&RPSDFW0786SHFLILFDWLRQV

Item
Process connections

Value
25 pin (male) D-Sub connector
up to 16 I/O signals

Rated maximum continuous current per 2A

I/O channel

268

ModuleBus:
Maximum 5V current distribution
Maximum 24V current distribution

1.5A
1.5A

Mechanical keys (2)

36 different combinations

I/O Module lock

Locks module and enables operation

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC 536; (earth

protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529, (IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

50V

Dielectric test voltage

500V a.c.

Width

64 mm (2.52) including connector,

58.5 mm (2.3) edge to edge
installed

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.27 TU812 Compact MTU

7DEOH $ 78&RPSDFW0786SHFLILFDWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

Item

Value

Depth

64 mm (2.52), including terminals

Height

170 mm (6.7) including latch

Weight

0.17 kg (0.37 lbs.)

Rated max. continuos current per

process voltage connection Up/Zp.

5A

Connections

7DEOH $ 783URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQ'6XE&RQQHFWRU;

Position

3BSE 020 924R201

Row A

UP1

ZP1

S1

S3

S5

S7

S9

S11

S13

10

S15

11

UP2

12

ZP2

13

EM

14

UP1

15

ZP1

16

S2

269

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

7DEOH $ 783URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQ'6XE&RQQHFWRU;&RQWLQXHG

Position

270

Row A

17

S4

18

S6

19

S8

20

S10

21

S12

22

S14

23

S16

24

UP2

25

ZP2

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.27 TU812 Compact MTU

Block Diagram TU812

TU812
ModuleBus Connector
C/4 Male

I/O module

UP1

UP1 1
UP1 14

EM

ZP1

3
/
/ 3

Module Process Connector

Ch1

S1 3

Ch2

S2 16

Ch3

S3 4

Ch4

S4 17

Ch5

S5 5

Ch6

S6 18

Ch7

S7 6

Ch8

S8 19

Ch9

S9 7

Ch10

S10 20

Ch11

S11 8

Ch12

S12 21

Ch13

S13 9

Ch14

S14 22

Ch15

S15 10

Ch16

S16 23

UP2

UP2 11

ZP2
+5V
0V

ModuleBus Connector Metral Female

BLOCK

ZP1 15

UP2 24
+24V, 0V24

7
/

POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N

ZP1 2

ZP2 12
ZP2 25

EM

EM 13

ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female

3BSE 020 924R201

271

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

A.28 TU814 Compact MTU

Features

50 Volt applications - use with AI810, AI820, AI830,

AI835, AO810, AO820, DI810, DI811, DI814, DI830,
DI831, DI885, DO810, DO814, DO815, and DP820 I/O
modules
Compact installation of I/O modules using one-wire
connections
Up to 16 channels of field signals and process power
connections with crimped snap-in connectors
Connections to ModuleBus and I/O modules
E
F

Mechanical keying prevents insertion of the wrong I/O

module

A
B
C

E
F

Latching device to DIN rail for grounding

DIN rail mounting.

A
B
C

Description

The TU814 is a 16 channel 50V compact module

termination unit (MTU) for the S800 I/O. The TU814 has
three rows of crimp snap-in connectors for field signals and
process power connections. The MTU is a passive unit used
for connection of the field wiring to the I/O modules. It also
contains a part of the ModuleBus.
The TU814 MTU can have up to 16 I/O channels and two
process voltage connections. The maximum rated voltage is
50V and maximum rated current is 2A per channel.
Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for
different types of I/O modules.

Row C
Row B
Row A

Snap-on connector positions

The MTU distributes the ModuleBus to the I/O module and

to the next MTU. It also generates the correct address to the I/O module by shifting the outgoing
position signals to the next MTU.

272

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.28 TU814 Compact MTU

Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different types of I/O modules. This is only
a mechanical configuration and it does not affect the functionality of the MTU or the I/O module.
Each key has six positions, which gives a total number of 36 different configurations.
The configuration can be changed with a screwdriver.
The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that locks the MTU to
the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its position.
This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps the module in its init
state until it is locked in its position.
The process signal terminals are divided into 2 equal and individually isolated groups. Each group
consists of 8 I/O connections, 2 process voltage connection and 5 common L- connections.
The top part of the MTU can be removed to replace the termination board even with an operational
system. Such a need can be caused by a damaged terminal screw.
Crimp terminals are provided for connection to field wiring and insertion into the 3 snap-on
connectors. Once the contacts are correctly placed in the connectors, the cable can be easily inserted
and removed without future wiring errors. This assembly function can be performed before the
cables are delivered to the site.
Technical Data

7DEOH $ 78&RPSDFW0786SHFLILFDWLRQV

Item
Process connections

Value
30
up to 16 I/O channels
2 x 2 process power terminals
2 x 5 process power 0V

Rated maximum continuous current per 2A

I/O channel
Rated maximum continuous current per 5A
process voltage connection (L+)
ModuleBus:
Maximum 5V current distribution:
Maximum 24V current distribution:

3BSE 020 924R201

1.5A
1.5A

273

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

7DEOH $ 78&RPSDFW0786SHFLILFDWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

Item

Value

Acceptable wire sizes

Stranded: 0.5 - 1.0 mm2, 16 - 22 AWG
attached to crimped snap-in connectors
(3)

274

Mechanical keys (2)

36 different combinations

I/O module lock

Locks module and enables operation

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC 536; (earth

protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529, (IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

50V

Dielectric test voltage

500V a.c.

Width

64 mm (2.52) including connector, 58.5

mm (2.3) edge to edge installed

Depth

64 mm (2.52), including terminals

Height

170 mm (6.7) including latch

Weight

0.17 kg (0.37 lbs.)

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.28 TU814 Compact MTU

Connections

7DEOH $ 783URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQ&ULPS&RQQHFWRU;

Position

Row A

Row B

Row C

L1-

L1+

L1+

A1 (L1-)

B1

C1

2 (L1-)

3 (L1-)

4 (L1-)

5 (L2-)

6 (L2-)

7 (L2-)

A8 (L2-)

B8

C8

10

L2-

L2+

L2+

E
F

E
F

B
C

Contact crimping tool

for installation is not supplied.
Phoenix part - CRIMPFOX MT2.5

B
C

Connection is made with

removable contacts crimped
to the wires

3BSE 020 924R201

275

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Block Diagram TU814

TU814

ModuleBus Connector
C/4 Male

I/O module
UP1

UP1

EM

ZP1

I1

ZP1

I1 1
I2 1

I2

BLOCK

ZP1 1
I3

I4 2
ZP12

I5
Module Process Connector

ModuleBus Connector Metral Female

2

3
/
/ 3

2
/

7
/

I3 2

I4
I5 3

I6 3

I6
I7

I7 4

I8
I9
I 10

I8 4
ZP1 4

I9 5
I 10 5

I 11
I 12

I 11

I 13
I 14

I 13 7

I 15

I 15 8

I 16

ZP1 3

ZP2 5

I 12 6
ZP2 6
I 14 7

ZP2 7

I 16 8

UP2
+5V
0V

+24V, 0V24

POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N

ZP2 8

ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female

276

ZP2

UP2
ZP2

EM

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.29 TU830 Extended MTU

Row C
C1

L1- L1- A1

2
2

Complete installation of I/O modules using

3-wire connections, fuses and field power
distribution

L1+ L1+

50 Volt applications - use with AI810, AI820,

AI830, AI835, AO810, AO820, DI810, DI811,
DI814, DI830, DI831, DI885, DO810, DO814,
DO815, and DP820 I/O modules

Row B

Features

Row A

A.29 TU830 Extended MTU

3
3

3
4

4
5

Up to 16 channels of field signals and process

power connections

5
6

Connections to ModuleBus and I/O modules

10

A
B
C

20

16 L2+ L2+

16 L2- L2-

15 C16 19

15

15

14

14

14

E
F

13

13

13

B
C

12

12

12

11

11

E
F

10

10

11

The TU830 is a 16 channel 50V extended module

termination unit (MTU) for the S800 I/O.
The MTU is a passive unit used for connection of
the field wiring to the I/O modules. It also
contains a part of the ModuleBus.

Description

DIN rail mounting.

Latching device to DIN rail for grounding

Mechanical keying prevents insertion of the

wrong I/O module

Fuse Holder
The TU830 MTU can have up to 16 I/O channels
and two process voltage connections. Each
channel has two I/O connections and one ZP connection. The process voltage can be connected to
two individually isolated groups. Each group has a 6.3A fuse. The maximum rated voltage is 50V
and maximum rated current is 2A per channel. It is recommended that the fuse rating be chosen to
meet the applications needs.

The MTU distributes the ModuleBus to the I/O module and to the next MTU. It also generates the
correct address to the I/O module by shifting the outgoing position signals to the next MTU.

3BSE 020 924R201

277

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that locks the MTU to
the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different types of I/O modules. This is only
a mechanical configuration and it does not affect the functionality of the MTU or the I/O module.
Each key has six positions, which gives a total number of 36 different configurations.
The configuration can be changed with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its position.
This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps the module in its init
state until it is locked in its position.
The process signal terminals are divided into 2 equal and individually isolated groups. Each group
consists of 8 I/O channels, process voltage connection and a 6.3A fuse (as delivered). Each I/O
channel has two I/O connections and one ZP connection. For input modules, field power is provided
by the C-row.
Technical Data

7DEOH $ 78([WHQGHG0786SHFLILFDWLRQV

Item
Process Connections

Value
56
up to 16 I/O channels
4 Process terminals 6.3A
10 x 2 Process power 0V

Rated maximum continuous current per 2A

I/O channel
Rated maximum continuous current per 5A
process voltage connection (L+)

278

ModuleBus:
Maximum 5V current distribution
Maximum 24V current distribution

1.5A
1.5A

Fuse (2)

6.3A (fast glass tube, 5x20 mm)

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.29 TU830 Extended MTU

7DEOH $ 78([WHQGHG0786SHFLILFDWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

Item
Acceptable wire sizes

Value
Solid: 0.2 - 4 mm2
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
Recommended torque 0.5 - 0.6 Nm

Mechanical keys (2)

36 different combinations

I/O module lock

Locks module and enables operation

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC 536; (earth

protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529, (IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

50V

Dielectric test voltage

500V a.c.

Width

126 mm (5) including connector, 120.5

mm (4.74) edge to edge installed

Depth

64 mm (2.52) including terminals

Height

110 mm (4.3)

Weight

0.28 kg (0.6 lbs.)

3BSE 020 924R201

279

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Connections

7DEOH $ 783URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQ6FUHZ7HUPLQDOV;

Position (1)

Row A

Row B

Row C

L1-

L1+

NC

L1-

L1+

NC

A1

B1

C1

10

11

12

10

10

10

13

11

11

11

14

12

12

12

15

13

13

13

16

14

14

14

17

15

15

15

18

A16

B16

C16

19

L2-

L2+

NC

20

L2-

L2+

NC

(1) All positions marked NC are not mounted in the connector.

280

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.29 TU830 Extended MTU

Block Diagram TU830

TU830

C
ModuleBus Connector
C/4 Male

I/O module

UP1

6.3A

UP1
UP1

ZP1

EM

I1
U1

ZP1
ZP1
I1 1
U1 1
ZP11

BLOCK

I2

Module Process Connector

ZP12
ModuleBus Connector Metral Female

2
/

2
/

3
/
/ 3
0V

+5V

+24V, 0V24

7
/

POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N

U2 2

I3
U3

I3 3

I4
U4

I4 4

I5
U5

I5 5

I6
U6

I6 6

I7
U7

I7 7

I8
U8

I8 8

I9
U9

I9 9

.
.
.
I16
U16

U3 3

ZP13

U4 4
ZP14
U5 5

ZP15

U6 6
ZP16
U7 7
U8 8

ZP17
ZP18

U9 9
ZP29
.
.
.

I16 16
U1616

ZP216

ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female

3BSE 020 924R201

I 22

U2

UP2
ZP2
EM

6.3A

UP2
UP2
ZP2
ZP2

281

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

250 Volt applications - use with DI820 DI821,

DO820, and DO821 I/O modules

Row B

Features

Row A

A.30 TU831 Extended MTU

Greater connection area for larger wires

Up to 8 isolated channels of field signals
Connections to ModuleBus and I/O modules

DIN rail mounting.

Latching device to DIN rail for grounding

B1 2

A1 2

Mechanical keying prevents insertion of the

wrong I/O module

5
6

Description

E
F

6
D

A
B
C

E
F

B8
D

A8

A
B
C

The TU831 is a 8 channel 250V extended module

termination unit (MTU) for the S800 I/O.
The MTU is a passive unit used for connection of
the field wiring to the I/O modules. It also
contains a part of the ModuleBus.
The TU831 MTU can have up to 8 I/O channels.
The maximum rated voltage is 250V and
maximum rated current is 3A per channel.
Two mechanical keys are used to configure the
MTU for different types of I/O modules.

The MTU distributes the ModuleBus to the I/O module and to the next MTU. It also generates the
correct address to the I/O module by shifting the outgoing position signals to the next MTU.
The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that locks the MTU to
the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different types of I/O modules. This is only
a mechanical configuration and it does not affect the functionality of the MTU or the I/O module.

282

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.30 TU831 Extended MTU

Each key has six positions, which gives a total number of 36 different configurations.
The configuration can be changed with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its position.
This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps the module in its init
state until it is locked in its position.
The process signal terminals has 8 individually isolated I/O channels. Each channel has two
connections.
Technical Data

7DEOH $ 78&RPSDFW0786SHFLILFDWLRQV

Item

Value

Process connections

16
up to 8 I/O channels
(2 terminals per channel)

Rated maximum continuous current per

I/O channel

3A

ModuleBus:
Maximum 5V current distribution
Maximum 24V current distribution

1.5A
1.5A

Acceptable wire sizes

Solid: 0.2 - 6mm2

Stranded: 0.2 - 4 mm2, 24 - 10 AWG
Recommended torque 0.5 - 0.6 Nm

Mechanical keys (2)

36 different combinations

I/O Module lock

Locks module and enables operation

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC 536; (earth

protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529, (IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

250V

Dielectric test voltage

2000V a.c.

3BSE 020 924R201

283

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

7DEOH $ 78&RPSDFW0786SHFLILFDWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

Item

Value

Width

126 mm (5) including connector,

120.5 mm (4.74) edge to edge
installed

Depth

64 mm (2.52) including terminals

Height

110 mm (4.3)

Weight

0.22 kg (0.48 lbs.)

Connections

7DEOH $ 783URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQ6FUHZ7HUPLQDOV;

Position

284

Row A

Row B

A1

B1

A8

B8

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.30 TU831 Extended MTU

Block Diagram TU831

TU831
ModuleBus Connector
C/4 Male

I/O module
O 1.1

S1 1
S2 1

O 1.2

EM

O 2.1

S3 2

O 2.2

S4 2
S5 3
S6 3

O 3.2
O 4.1
Module Process Connector

ModuleBus Connector Metral Female

BLOCK

O 3.1

S7 4

O 4.2
O 5.1

S8 4
S9 5
S10 5

O 5.2
O 6.1

S11 6

O 6.2
O 7.1

S12 6
S13 7
S14 7

3
/

2
/

/ 3
0V

O 8.2

+5V

+24V, 0V24

POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N

7
/

O 7.2
O 8.1

S15 8
S16 8

EM

ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female

3BSE 020 924R201

285

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

A.31 TU835 Extended MTU

50 Volt applications - use with the AI810

module

Row B

Row A

Features

Up to 8 channels of field signals and process

power connections
X11
L1- L111 12 21 22

Process voltage can be connected to 2

individually isolated groups

E
F
E
F

A
B
C

L2- L2-

The TU835 is a 8 channel 50V extended module

termination unit (MTU) for the S800 I/O.
The MTU is a passive unit used for connection
of the field wiring to the I/O modules. It also
contains a part of the ModuleBus.

L2+ L2+

Description

A
B
C

X12

Latching device to DIN rail for grounding

31 32 41 42 51 52 61 62 71 72 81 82

Mechanical keying prevents insertion of the

wrong I/O module

Connections to ModuleBus and I/O modules

DIN rail mounting.

L1+ L1+

Each channel has one fused transducer power

terminal and one signal connection

X13

The TU835 MTU can have up to 8 I/O

channels. The maximum rated voltage is 50V and maximum rated current is 2A per channel.
Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different types of I/O modules.
The MTU distributes the ModuleBus to the I/O module and to the next MTU. It also generates the
correct address to the I/O module by shifting the outgoing position signals to the next MTU.
The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that locks the MTU to
the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.

286

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.31 TU835 Extended MTU

Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different types of I/O modules. This is only
a mechanical configuration and it does not affect the functionality of the MTU or the I/O module.
Each key has six positions, which gives a total number of 36 different configurations.
The configuration can be changed with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its position.
This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps the module in its init
state until it is locked in its position.
The process signal terminals has 8 individually isolated I/O channels. Each channel has two
connections: one fused transducer power terminal and one signal connection. Process voltage can be
connected to two individually isolated groups.
Technical Data

7DEOH $ 78&RPSDFW0786SHFLILFDWLRQV

Item

Value

Process connections

16
up to 8 I/O channels
(2 terminals per channel)

Rated maximum continuous current per

I/O channel

2A

ModuleBus:
Maximum 5V current distribution
Maximum 24V current distribution

1.5A
1.5A

Fuse (8)

100 mA (fast glass tube, 5x20 mm)

Acceptable wire sizes

Solid: 0.2 - 4 mm2

Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
Recommended torque 0.5 - 0.6 Nm

Mechanical keys (2)

36 different combinations

I/O Module lock

Locks module and enables operation

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC 536;

(earth protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529, (IEC 144)

3BSE 020 924R201

287

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

7DEOH $ 78&RPSDFW0786SHFLILFDWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

Item

Value

Rated insulation voltage

50V

Dielectric test voltage

500V a.c.

Width

126 mm (5) including connector, 120.5

mm (4.74) edge to edge installed

Depth

64 mm (2.52) including terminals

Height

110 mm (4.3)

Weight

0.26 kg (0.57 lbs.)

Rated max. continuos current per

process voltage connection Up/Zp.

8A

Connections

7DEOH $ 3URFHVV3RZHU6RXUFH&RQQHFWLRQV;;

288

Position

Row A

Row B

X11 - 1

L1-

L1+

X11 - 2

L1-

L1+

X13 - 1

L2-

L2+

X13 - 2

L2-

L2+

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.31 TU835 Extended MTU

7DEOH $ 783URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQ6FUHZ7HUPLQDOV;

Position

3BSE 020 924R201

Row A

11 (F1, L1+ power)

12 (signal)

21 (F2, L1+ power)

22 (signal)

31 (F3, L1+ power)

32 (signal)

41 (F4, L1+ power)

42 (signal)

51 (F5, L2+ power)

10

52 (signal)

11

61 (F6, L2+ power)

12

62 (signal)

13

71 (F7, L2+ power)

14

72 (signal)

15

81 (F8, L2+ power)

16

82 (signal)

289

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Block Diagram TU835

TU835
ModuleBus Connector
C/4 Male

I/O module

X11
A

B
UP1

L1+ 1
L1+ 2

ZP1
EM

L1- 1
L1- 2
X12
A
F1

U1

F2 U2

21 3
22 4

F3 U3

31 5
32 6

F4

U4

41 7
42 8

F5

U5

51 9
52 10

F6

U6

61 11
62 12

F7

U7

71 13
72 14

F8

U8

81 15
82 16

S3
S4
S5
S6
S7

X13

3
/
/ 3

7
/

S8

ZP2
+5V
0V

+24V, 0V24

POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N

UP2

ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female

290

11 1
2

12

S2

Module Process Connector

ModuleBus Connector Metral Female

BLOCK

S1

L2+ 1
L2+ 2
L2- 1
L2- 2

EM
EM

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.32 TU836 Extended MTU

A.32 TU836 Extended MTU

250 Volt applications - use with the DO820,

and DO821 module

Row B

Row A

Features

Two groups with 4 channels of field signals and

process power connections
X11

N1 N1
11 12 21 22

Process voltage can be connected to 2

individually isolated groups

31 32 41 42

Connections to ModuleBus and I/O modules

E
F

81 82

A
B
C

N2 N2

L2 L2

Description

The TU836 is a 8 channel 250V extended

module termination unit (MTU) for the
S800 I/O. The MTU is a passive unit used for
connection of the field wiring to the I/O
modules. It also contains a part of the
ModuleBus.

A
B
C

71 72

X12

Latching device to DIN rail for grounding

E
F

51 52 61 62

Mechanical keying prevents insertion of the

wrong I/O module

DIN rail mounting.

L1 L1

Each channel has one fused load power

terminal and one signal return connection

X13

The TU836 MTU can have up to 8 I/O channels. The maximum rated voltage is 250V and
maximum rated current is 3A per channel. Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for
different types of I/O modules.
The MTU distributes the ModuleBus to the I/O module and to the next MTU. It also generates the
correct address to the I/O module by shifting the outgoing position signals to the next MTU.
The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that locks the MTU to
the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.

3BSE 020 924R201

291

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different types of I/O modules. This is only
a mechanical configuration and it does not affect the functionality of the MTU or the I/O module.
Each key has six positions, which gives a total number of 36 different configurations.
The configuration can be changed with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its position.
This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps the module in its init
state until it is locked in its position.
The process signal terminals are divided into 2 equal and individually isolated groups. Each groups
consists of 4 I/O connections and process voltage connection. Each channel has two connections:
one fused load outlet terminal and one signal return connection.
Technical Data

7DEOH $ 78([WHQGHG0786SHFLILFDWLRQV

Item
Process connections

Value
16
up to 8 I/O channels
(2 terminals per channel)

10A
Rated maximum continuous current per
process voltage connection (L1, L2, N1, N2)
Rated maximum continuous current per I/O
channel

3A

ModuleBus:
Maximum 5V current distribution
Maximum 24V current distribution

1.5A
1.5A

Fuse (8)

3.15A (fast glass tube, 5x20 mm)

Acceptable wire sizes

Solid: 0.2 - 4 mm 2
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
Recommended torque 0.5 - 0.6 Nm

292

Mechanical keys (2)

36 different combinations

I/O Module lock

Locks module and enables operation

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.32 TU836 Extended MTU

7DEOH $ 78([WHQGHG0786SHFLILFDWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

Item

Value

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC 536; (earth

protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529, (IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

250V

Dielectric test voltage

2000V a.c.

Width

126 mm (5) including connector, 120.5

mm (4.74) edge to edge installed

Depth

64 mm (2.52) including terminals

Height

110 mm (4.3)

Weight

0.26 kg (0.57 lbs.)

Connections

7DEOH $ 3URFHVV3RZHU6RXUFH&RQQHFWLRQV;;

3BSE 020 924R201

Position

Row A

Row B

X11 - 1

N1

L1

X11 - 2

N1

L1

X13 - 1

N2

L2

X13 - 2

N2

L2

293

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

7DEOH $ 783URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQ6FUHZ7HUPLQDOV;

294

Position

Row A

11 (F1, L1 power)

12 (signal return)

21 (F2, L1 power)

22 (signal return)

31 (F3, L1 power)

32 (signal return)

41 (F4, L1 power)

42 (signal return)

51 (F5, L2 power)

10

52 (signal return)

11

61 (F6, L2 power)

12

62 (signal return)

13

71 (F7, L2 power)

14

72 (signal return)

15

81 (F8, L2 power)

16

82 (signal return)

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.32 TU836 Extended MTU

Block Diagram TU836

TU836

X11
ModuleBus Connector
C/4 Male

I/O module
UP1

L1 1
L1 2

ZP1

N1 1

EM

N1 2
X12
A
F1 S11

S1
BLOCK

F2 S21

21 3
22 4

Module Process Connector

ModuleBus Connector Metral Female

S2

S3

F3 S31

31 5
32 6

S4

F4 S41

41 7
42 8

S5

F5 S51

51 9
52 10

S6

F6 S61

61 11
62 12

S7

F7 S71

71 13
72 14

S8

F8 S81

81
82

15
16

3
/
/ 3

2
/

2
/

7
/

11 1
12

0V

UP2
+5V

+24V, 0V24

POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N

X13
B

ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female

3BSE 020 924R201

ZP2

L2 1
L2 2
N2 1
N2 2

EM

295

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

A.33 TU837 Extended MTU

250 Volt applications - use with the DO820,

and DO821 module

Fuse
Holders

X11
N1 13 14

B1

Each channel has two terminals and one is

fused

N1 11 12

Up to 8 individually isolated channels of field

signals and process power connections

Row B

Row A

Features

A1

Allows a mix of isolated and grouped channels

Process voltage return can be connected to

2 individually isolated groups

3
4

Connections to ModuleBus and I/O modules

4

E
F

5
7

E
F

DIN rail mounting

A
B
C

B8
25 26 N2

27 28 N2

The TU837 is a 8 channel 250V extended

module termination unit (MTU) for the
S800 I/O. The MTU is a passive unit used for
connection of the field wiring to the I/O
modules. It also contains a part of the
ModuleBus.

A8

Description

A
B
C

X12

Latching device to DIN rail for grounding

Mechanical keying prevents insertion of the

wrong I/O module

X13

The TU837 MTU can have up to 8 I/O channels. The maximum rated voltage is 250V and
maximum rated current is 3A per channel. Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for
different types of I/O modules.
The MTU distributes the ModuleBus to the I/O module and to the next MTU. It also generates the
correct address to the I/O module by shifting the outgoing position signals to the next MTU.

296

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.33 TU837 Extended MTU

The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that locks the MTU to
the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different types of I/O modules. This is only
a mechanical configuration and it does not affect the functionality of the MTU or the I/O module.
Each key has six positions, which gives a total number of 36 different configurations.
The configuration can be changed with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its position.
This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps the module in its init
state until it is locked in its position.
The process signal terminals has 8 individually isolated I/O channels. Each channel has two
connections, one is fused. There are 2 individually isolated groups for signal return connections.
Technical Data

7DEOH $ 78([WHQGHG0786SHFLILFDWLRQV

Item
Process connections

Value
28
up to 8 I/O channels
(2 terminals per channel)
2 x 6 power common terminals

Rated maximum continuous current 10A

per signal return connection (N1, N2)
Rated maximum continuous current
per I/O channel

3A

ModuleBus:
Maximum 5V current distribution:
Maximum 24V current distribution:

1.5A
1.5A

Fuse (8)

3.15A (fast glass tube, 5x20 mm)

3BSE 020 924R201

297

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

7DEOH $ 78([WHQGHG0786SHFLILFDWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

Item
Acceptable wire sizes
Signal connection
Return connection

Value
Solid: 0.2 - 6 mm
Stranded: 0.2 - 4 mm 2, 24 - 10 AWG
Solid: 0.2 - 4 mm
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm 2, 24 - 12
AWG
Recommended torque 0.5 - 0.6 Nm

298

Mechanical keys (2)

36 different combinations

I/O Module lock

Locks module and enables operation

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC 536; (earth

protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529, (IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

250V

Dielectric test voltage

2000V a.c.

Width

126 mm (5) including connector,

120.5 mm (4.74) edge to edge
installed

Depth

64 mm (2.52) including terminals

Height

110 mm (4.3)

Weight

0.26 kg (0.57 lbs.)

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.33 TU837 Extended MTU

Connections

7DEOH $ 3URFHVV3RZHU&RQQHFWLRQ;

Row A

Row B

Terminal

Signal

Marking

Signal

Marking

ZP1

N1

ZP1

N1

ZP1

13

ZP1

11

ZP1

14

ZP1

12

7DEOH $ 3URFHVV3RZHU&RQQHFWLRQ;

Row A

Row B

Terminal

Signal

Marking

Signal

Marking

ZP2

27

ZP2

25

ZP2

28

ZP2

26

ZP2

N2

ZP2

N2

7DEOH $ 3URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQ7HUPLQDOV;

Row A
Terminal

3BSE 020 924R201

Signal

Row B

Marking

Signal

Marking

S21 (F1)

A1

S1

B1

S41 (F2)

S3

S61 (F3)

S5

S81 (F4)

S7

S101 (F5)

S9

S121 (F6)

S11

S141 (F7)

S13

S161 (F8)

A8

S15

B8

299

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Block Diagram TU837

B
TU837

X11

I/O module

ModuleBus Connector C/4 Male

N1 1

X12
B
S1
S2

N1 1

ZP1

B1 1
F1

A1 1

S21

EM

11 2
S3
S4

2 2
F2

2 2

S41

S6

3 3
F3

3 3

S61

13 2
Module Process Connector

ModuleBus Connector Metral Female

BLOCK

12 3
S5

S7
S8

4 4
F4

S81

4 4
14 3
5 5

S9
S10

F5

5 5

S101

25 1
S11
S12

6 6
F6

S121

6 6
26 2

F7 S141

27 1

S16

B8 8
F8

S161

A8 8
28 2

0V

+5V

7 7

3
/

2
/

S14

7 7

S15
+24V, 0V24

/
DAT, DAT-N

POWOK

POS 0 - 6

7
/

S13

EM

ZP2

N2 3

ModuleBus Connector R/4 Female

N2 3
A

B
X13

300

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.34 TU838 Extended MTU

A.34 TU838 Extended MTU

Features
Row B
L1
+
L1
+

L1
-

B
1

A
1
2

Up to 16 channels of field signals and 8

process power connections

Fuse
Holders

L1
-

Complete installation of I/O modules using

3-wire connections, fuses and field power
distribution

Module
connector

Row A

50 Volt applications - use with the AI810,

DI810, DI811, DI814, DI830 and DI831
modules

3
4

4
5

Two channels share one fused transducer

power terminal

Connections to ModuleBus and I/O modules

10

Process voltage can be connected to 2

individually isolated groups, if the I/O module
supports it

7
8

8
9

9
11

E
F

10
12

11
13

13

E
F

14

14

B
C

B
16

A
16
L2
+

L2
-

DIN rail mounting.

15

15

Latching device to DIN rail for grounding

B
C

12

Mechanical keying prevents insertion of the

wrong I/O module

L2
+

L2
-

Description

The TU838 is a 16 channel 50V extended

module termination unit (MTU) for the
Screw terminals
S800 I/O. The MTU is a passive unit used for
connection of the field wiring to the I/O modules. It also contains a part of the ModuleBus.
The TU838 MTU can have up to 16 I/O channels. The maximum rated voltage is 50V and
maximum rated current is 3A per channel. Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for
different types of I/O modules.

3BSE 020 924R201

301

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

The MTU distributes the ModuleBus to the I/O module and to the next MTU. It also generates the
correct address to the I/O module by shifting the outgoing position signals to the next MTU.
The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that locks the MTU to
the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different types of I/O modules. This is only
a mechanical configuration and it does not affect the functionality of the MTU or the I/O module.
Each key has six positions, which gives a total number of 36 different configurations.
The configuration can be changed with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its position.
This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps the module in its init
state until it is locked in its position.
The process signal terminals are divided into two equal and individually isolated groups. Each group
consists of 8 I/O channels, 4 fused transducer power outlets, 4 return connections and process
voltage connection. Process voltage can be connected to two individually isolated groups, only valid
if the I/O module supports that.
Technical Data

7DEOH $ 78([WHQGHG0786SHFLILFDWLRQV

Item
Process connections

40
up to 16 I/O channels
8 fused field power distributions
4 process power
12 process power (0V)

Rated maximum continuous current per

process voltage connection

10 A

ModuleBus:
Maximum 5V current distribution
Maximum 24V current distribution
Rated max. continuos current per
channel

302

Value

1.5 A
1.5 A
3A

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.34 TU838 Extended MTU

7DEOH $ 78([WHQGHG0786SHFLILFDWLRQV&RQWLQXHG

Item
Fuse (8)

Value
Only on delivery: 100 mA (fast glass
tube,
5x20 mm)
Otherwise: Max. 3,5 A

Acceptable wire sizes

Solid: 0.2 - 4 mm2

Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
Recommended torque 0.5 - 0.6 Nm

Mechanical keys (2)

36 different combinations

I/O Module lock

Locks module and enables operation

Safety classification

Class I according to IEC 536; (earth

protected)

Protection rating

IP20 according to IEC 529, (IEC 144)

Rated insulation voltage

50V

Dielectric test voltage

500V a.c.

Width

126 mm (5) including connector, 120.5

mm (4.74) edge to edge installed

Depth

64 mm (2.52) including terminals

Height

110 mm (4.3)

Weight

0.26 kg (0.57 lbs.)

3BSE 020 924R201

303

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

Connections

7DEOH $ 783URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQ6FUHZ7HUPLQDOV;

Row A

304

Row B

L1- (L1- power)

L1+ (L1+ power)

L1- (L1- power)

L1+ (L1+ power)

A1 (F1, L1+)

B1 (signal)

A2 (L1-)

B2 (signal)

A3 (F2, L1+)

B3 (signal)

A4 (L1-)

B4 (signal)

A5 (F3, L1+)

B5 (signal)

A6 (L1-)

B6 (signal)

A7 (F4, L1+)

B7 (signal)

A8 (L1-)

B8 (signal)

A9 (F5, L2+)

B9 (signal)

A10 (L2-)

B10 (signal)

A11 (F6, L2+)

B11 (signal)

A12 (L2-)

B12 (signal)

A13 (F7, L2+)

B13 (signal)

A14 (L2-)

B14 (signal)

A15 (F8, L2+)

B15 (signal)

A16 (L2-)

B15 (signal)

L2- (L2- power)

L2+ (L2+ power)

L2- (L2- power)

L2+ (L2+ power)

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Section A.34 TU838 Extended MTU

Block Diagram TU838

TU838
I/O module

ModuleBus Connector C/4 Male

B
UP1
ZP1

B1
F1 U1

S2

B2

S3

B3
F2 U2

S4

B4

EM

S5

B5
F3 U3

S6

B6

S7

Module Process Connector

ModuleBus Connector Metral Female

BLOCK
3

S8

B7
F4 U4
B8

L1-

L1-

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

10

A9

11

A10

12

9
10

S9

B9
F5 U5

11

S10

B10

12

S11

B11
F6 U6

13

S12

B12

14

S13

B13
F7 U7

15

S14

B14

16

S15

B15
F8 U8

17

S16

B16

18

2
/

L1+

L2+

19

L2+

20

A11

13

A12

14

A13

15

A14

16

A15

17

A16

18

L2-

19

L2-

20

0V

+5V

2
/
DAT, DAT-N

+24V, 0V24

7
/
POWOK

POS 0 - 6

S1

UP2
ZP2

ModuleBus Connector R/4 Female

3BSE 020 924R201

L1+

EM

305

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Appendix A Specifications

306

3BSE 020 924R201

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Index

INDEX
A
AI801 1-15, 5-37, A-39, A-44
AI810 1-9, 5-33, A-45, A-52
AI820 5-33, A-57, A-63
AI830 1-9, 5-33, A-65, A-72
AI835 5-33, A-74, A-81
Analog input module
AI801 A-39
AI810 A-45
AI820 A-57
AI830 A-65
AI835 A-74
Analog output module
AO801 A-84
AO810 A-90
AO820 A-99
AO801 1-15, 5-37, A-84
AO810 1-10, 5-34, A-90, A-96, A-98
AO820 1-10, 5-34, A-99, A-105 to A-107

C
Compact MTU 1-6, A-267

D
DI801 1-15, 5-37, A-108, A-112
DI810 1-10, 5-34, A-113, A-119 to A-121
DI811 1-10, 5-34, A-123, A-129 to A-132
DI814 1-11, 5-34, A-133, A-139 to A-140, A-142
DI820 1-11, 5-34, A-143, A-148 to A-149
DI821 5-34, A-150, A-155
DI830 5-34, A-157, A-164 to A-167
Digital input module, SOE A-158
DI831 5-34, A-168, A-175 to A-178
Digital input module, SOE A-169
DI885 1-12, 5-34, A-179, A-186 to A-187
Digital input module, SOE A-180

3BSE 020 924R201

Digital input module

DI801 A-108
DI810 A-113
DI811 A-123
DI814 A-133
DI820 A-143
DI821 A-150
DI830 A-157
DI831 A-168
DI885 A-179
Digital output module
DO801 A-188
DO810 A-194
DO814 A-203
DO815 A-212
DO820 A-221
DO821 A-230
DO801 1-15, 5-37, A-188, A-193
DO810 5-34, A-194, A-200 to A-202
DO814 1-12, 5-34, A-203, A-209 to A-211
DO815 5-34, A-212, A-219 to A-220
DO820 1-13, 5-34, A-221, A-226 to A-229
DO821 5-35, A-230, A-236 to A-238
DP820 1-13, 5-35, A-240, A-254 to A-257

E
Extended MTU 1-6 to 1-7

F
FCI 1-17
FCI and S800L I/O module replacement 5-36
FCI and S800M I/O module replacement 5-32

I
I/O modules
S800L 3-23
S800M 3-23
I/O station 1-17
Incremental pulse counter A-240

307

Modules and Termintation Units Users Guide

Index

LEDs
S800L I/O module 5-29
S800M I/O module 5-27

RTD input module

AI830 A-65

S
M
Module termination units 1-4
MTU
TU812 A-267
MTUs 5-35

S800L I/O modules 1-14

S800M I/O modules 1-8
Sequence of event A-157, A-168, A-179
SOE A-157, A-168, A-179

T
O
OSP 1-13

P
Process connections
AI801 A-43
AI810 A-50
AI820 A-61
AI830 A-70
AI835 A-79
AO801 A-88
AO810 A-94
AO820 A-103
DI801 A-111
DI810 A-117, A-162, A-173
DI811 A-127
DI814 A-137
DI820 A-147
DI821 A-154
DI885 A-185
DO801 A-192
DO810 A-198
DO814 A-207
DO815 A-217
DO820 A-225
DO821 A-235
DP820 A-252
Pulse counter
DP820 A-240

308

Thermocouple/mV input module

AI835 A-74
TU810 1-6, 5-35, A-53, A-64, A-73, A-82, A-89,
A-97, A-106, A-121, A-131, A-141, A-166,
A-177, A-187, A-201, A-210, A-220, A-254
TU811 1-6, 5-35, A-149, A-156, A-227, A-237
TU812 5-35, A-56, A-98, A-107, A-122, A-132,
A-142, A-167, A-178, A-202, A-211, A-255,
A-267
TU814 5-35, A-53, A-64, A-73, A-82, A-89, A-97,
A-106, A-121, A-131, A-141, A-166, A-177,
A-187, A-201, A-210, A-220, A-254
TU830 5-35, A-52, A-63, A-72, A-81, A-96,
A-105, A-119, A-129, A-139, A-164, A-175,
A-186, A-200, A-209, A-219, A-256 to A-257
TU831 1-6, 5-35, A-148, A-155, A-226, A-236
TU835 1-7, 5-35, A-54
TU836 1-7, 5-35, A-228, A-238
TU837 A-229, A-239
TU838 A-55, A-120, A-130, A-140, A-165, A-176

3BSE 020 924R201

3BSE 020 924R201

July 2000